Joe Yonan brings together more than 100 inventive, easy-to-make, and globally inspired recipes celebrating solo eating. Dishes like Mushroom and Green Garlic Frittata, Catfish Tacos with Chipotle Slaw, and Smoked Trout, Potato, and Fennel Pizza will add excitement to any repertoire and forever dispel the notion that single life means starving, settling for take-out, or facing a fridge full of monotonous leftovers. Yonan also includes shopping and storage tips for the single-chef household, along with creative ideas for making use of extra ingredients. Serve Yourself makes cooking for one a deeply satisfying, approachable pleasure. And with such delectable meals, your solo status could be threatened if you’re forced to share with others!
Copyright © 2011 by Joe Yonan
Photographs copyright © 2011
by Ed Anderson
All rights reserved.
Published in the United
States by Ten Speed Press, an imprint of the Crown Publishing Group, a division
of Random House, Inc., New York.
www.crownpublishing.com
www.tenspeed.com
Ten Speed Press and the Ten
Speed Press colophon are registered trademarks of Random House, Inc.
“Reservation Pour Un” and
“First, Kill Your Chicken” originally appeared in The Boston Globe and are
reprinted with permission. “Deep in the Heart of Texas, We Bread Steak”
originally appeared in The Washington Post and is reprinted with permission.
Library of Congress
Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Yonan, Joe.
Serve yourself : nightly
adventures in cooking for one / Joe Yonan.
p. cm.
1. Cooking for one. 2.
Cookbooks. I. Title.
TX652.Y68 2011
641.5’611—dc22
2010040639
|
Hardcover ISBN |
|
|
Ebook ISBN |
|
Production by Colleen Cain
v4.1
prh
CONTENTS
Preface
Acknowledgments
CHAPTER 1
BASIC RECIPES, CONDIMENTS,
AND PICKLES
-Hour Tomatoes
Corn Broth
Herbed Lemon Confit Spicy
Hummus
Mulled Wine Syrup Cashew
Tamari Dressing Parsley Garlic Dressing Cilantro Vinaigrette Blueberry Lemon
Jam Strawberry Vanilla Jam Salsa Verde
Blackened Salsa Red Pepper
Chutney
Cabbage and Pear Kimchi
Citrus-Pickled Onions Pickled Anchos
Essay
Réservation pour Un
CHAPTER 2
EGGS
Benedict Rancheros
Low, Slow, and Custardy
Eggs Mushroom and Green Garlic Frittata Baked Egg in Fall Vegetables
Swiss Chard, Bacon, and
Goat Cheese Omelet Shrimp and Potato Chip Tortilla
Puffy Duck Egg Frittata
with Smoked Salmon
CHAPTER 3
SWEET POTATOES, BEANS, AND OTHER
VEGGIES
Sweet Potato Soup Base
Sweet Potato Soup with
Chorizo, Chickpeas, and Kale Sweet Potato and Orange Soup with Smoky Pecans
Miso Pork on a Sweet Potato
Curried Shrimp on a Sweet Potato Home-Cooked Beans
Roasted Chile Relleno with
Avocado-Chipotle Sauce Peasant’s Bowl
Ex-Texas Salad
Spicy Black Bean Soup Base
Black Bean Tortilla Soup
with Shrimp and Corn Black Bean Soup with Seared Scallops and Green Salsa
Stewed Cauliflower, Butternut Squash, and Tomatoes Warm Spinach Salad with Shiitakes,
Corn, and Bacon Fall Vegetable Soup with White Beans
CHAPTER 4
MEAT, POULTRY, AND SEAFOOD
Essay
Deep in the Heart of Texas,
We Bread Steak
Pan-Fried Sirloin with
Smashed Potatoes and Anchovy Sauce Texas Bowl o’ Red
Chili Cheese Enchiladas
Spicy Glazed Mini Meatloaf Yucatan-Style Slow-Roasted Pork
Pork Chop with Apples and
Brussels Sprouts
Essay
First, Kill Your Chicken
Roast Chicken Leg with
Gremolata and Sunchokes Pineapple-Juice-Can Hen and Baby Potatoes
Wine-Braised Chicken Thighs
with Olives, Prunes, and Almonds Cornish Hen with Cherry-Hazelnut-Wine Sauce
Mahi Mahi with Kiwi-Avocado Salsa and Coconut Rice Turbot with Tomatoes,
Walnuts, and Capers over Couscous Gingery Glazed Halibut with Carrots and Baby
Bok Choy
CHAPTER 5
TACOS
Homemade Corn Tortillas
Austin-Style Breakfast Tacos Tacos de Huevos
Tacos with Mushrooms and
Chile-Caramelized Onions Chickpea, Spinach, Feta, and Pepita Tacos Pastoral
Tacos
Korean Short Rib Tacos
Cochinita Pibil Tacos with
Habanero Salsa Smoked Turkey Tacos with Mole Verde
Duck Breast Tacos with Plum
Salsa Catfish Tacos with Chipotle Slaw
Shrimp Tacos with
Grapefruit- Black Bean Salsa
CHAPTER 6
PIZZA
No-Knead Pizza Dough
No-Knead Pizza Dough with
Spelt Smoky Pizza Margherita
Kimchi, Ham, and Fried Egg
Pizza Mushroom and Speck Pizza Fig, Taleggio, and Radicchio Pizza
Smoked Trout, Potato, and
Fennel Pizza 113 Eggplant and Spicy Hummus Flatbread
Three-Pepper Pizza with
Goat Cheese
CHAPTER 7
SANDWICHES
Pulled Pork Sandwich with
Green Mango Slaw Gingered Chicken Sandwich with Avocado and Mango Tuna, Egg,
and Potato Salad Sandwich
Philly-Style Chicken Cutlet
Sandwich
Tuna, Chickpea, and Arugula
Sandwich Avocado, Smoked Oyster, and Pistachio Bruschetta Smoked Trout, Green
Apple, and Gouda Sandwich
CHAPTER 8
RICE, GRAINS, AND PASTA
Thai Fried Rice with Runny
Egg
Corn Risotto with Roasted
Cherry Tomatoes Fried Rice with Cauliflower and Kimchi Curried Butternut Squash
Risotto Personal Paella with Squid and Scallions Faux-lognese with Pappardelle
Farfalle with Cantaloupe and Prosciutto Farro Salad with Chickpeas, Cherries,
and Pecans Charred Asparagus, Tofu, and Farro Salad Miso Mac and Cheese with
Mushrooms Spicy Almond Soba Noodles with Edamame Fedelini with Tuna Ragu
Fideos with Sardines and
Bread Crumbs
CHAPTER 9
DESSERTS
No-Bake Chocolate Oat
Cookies Cardamom-Brown Sugar Snickerdoodles Pistachio Butter Cookies
Cappuccino Tapioca Pudding
with Cardamom Brûlée Hibiscus-Poached Peach
Spicy Coconut Sorbet
Yogurt Parfait with
Rhubarb-Ginger Sauce and Strawberries Yogurt Parfait with Mulled Red Wine
Syrup, Oranges, and Almonds Coconut French Toast with Bananas Foster
Cherry-Almond Tart
Blueberry-Lemon Tart with
Toasted Coconut
Essay
Cooking for Two
About the Author Index
For Mom, whose ease in the
kitchen inspired my own.
PREFACE
It was a Facebook comment
that finally did it.
I had just posted a link to
one of my “Cooking for One” columns in The Washington Post, and amid the
compliments on the recipes for mulled wine syrup and salmon braised in Pinot
Noir, I got this: “At the risk of getting too personal, perhaps you might find
someone to share life/meals with. That would kill your column concept, but
could change your life in a positive way. The pleasures of the table are so
satisfying when shared.”
Well, of course they are,
and I share them all the time. A few days earlier, I had paid up on a promised
birthday meal for two friends by kneading flour and egg until it was smooth as
baby’s skin, running it through thinner and thinner settings on a pasta
machine, and handcutting it into pappardelle. I served it with a ragu bianca:
chicken thighs ground with chicken livers, simmered in white wine, and tossed
with olive oil and shaved pecorino. We scarfed down the silky noodles and the
deeply flavored sauce and sipped Cabernet while
toasting to another year
and the impending approval of my Canadian friend’s green card application.
I fold candied ginger and
lemon juice into pound cake batter, bake it until barely done, glaze it with
more ginger and lemon, then take it to dinner-party hosts. Extra batches of
some cookie experiment go to colleagues at work. I butterfly one of my sister’s
homegrown turkeys, set it over dressing, and blast it in her 800°F brick bread
oven for Thanksgiving in Maine. And when I’m dating, I’ll court the object of
my affection by stuffing a chicken with kaffir lime leaves and roasting it over
sweet potatoes, then rolling homemade grapefruit curd and blackberries inside
freshly made crepes.
Or, I dine out with
friends, trying a Viognier with avocado-pistachio bruschetta at a hot new wine
bar or marveling at the liquefied olives at a six-seat temple to molecular
gastronomy. And sometimes, naturally, I’m so angry and hungry at the end of a
workday (a combination I call “hangry”) that it’s all I can do to grab a falafel
on the way home, or dial up the nearest Chinese restaurant for delivery that’s
so speedy it makes me wonder if they’re stir-frying in my basement.
But those are all
exceptions. The every night rule is a meal that’s all about me, start to
finish, and I keep all the
pleasures of the table to
myself. And why wouldn’t I? Not to break into “The Greatest Love of All” about
it or anything, but to me, cooking is the ultimate act of selfappreciation.
When I cook for myself, I tend to make something more off-the-cuff, a little
less refined than I make for friends, but I always strive for something
sustaining, even energizing. Not only do I want (and of course need) to eat,
but I also like to do it in a way that satisfies me on every level. It’s partly
that I want to have control over what I eat, but it’s also about answering my
particular, ever-shifting cravings. After all, only I really know what I want,
and I usually know how to make it. If I don’t, I’m willing to learn, and that
confidence has formed the basis of my cooking explorations for most of my life.
The Facebook comment was
innocent enough, I guess; but frankly, I found it incredibly naïve and even a
little insulting. More importantly, though, it motivated me to get on the stick
and write a book about a subject that’s been on my mind for years now. Cooking
for yourself doesn’t need to feel like a chore or, perhaps worse, it doesn’t
need to bring to mind that character in Hitchcock’s Rear Window. Remember Miss
Lonely Hearts? As Jimmy Stewart’s character watched through his binoculars from
across the courtyard, she set a table for two, raised a glass, forced a smile,
and mimed a romantic dinner with an empty chair.
Naturally, I’d love to
share my life with someone. And I spend a not-insignificant amount of emotional
energy looking for and nurturing the possibility of good relationships. But
until the right one comes along, I gotta eat, I gotta cook, and I’m determined
to do both well. When I make myself dinner, I don’t pretend my true love is
sitting across from me—I’m often too excited about the flavors I’ve just put
together to think about much of anything else.
Serve Yourself is a
celebration of this dynamic, and I hope it becomes an indispensable guide for
all those food-loving single cooks who need ideas to help them face some of the
most common challenges: How do you feed yourself well without continually
resorting to recipes that serve four or six or more, leaving you with leftovers
for days or, God forbid, weeks? Some meals are worth eating more than once, but
we solo artists deserve just as varied a diet as anyone. While I love having
some leftovers around that can morph into new dishes, I also appreciate the
beauty of starting and finishing a single cooking project on a given night. If
I want more, it’s much easier to double a recipe that’s written for one than it
is to shrink one for six.
Believe it or not, these strategies aren’t just for singles,
either. Most modern couples I know consist of at least one person who frequently
works past the dinner hour
or is out of town for days
at a time on business. To paraphrase Cher (I’ve always wanted to write that),
sooner or later, we all eat alone.
There’s enough of us solo
dwellers—more than 31 million in the United States alone—that you’d think there
would’ve been scores of cookbooks on the subject by now. Single-person
households have been the fastestgrowing census category in America since the
1980s, making up more than a quarter of all homes, and the category is continuing
to grow. Young people are waiting longer to get married, or are foregoing it
altogether, while older people who outlive their spouses are healthy enough to
live independently.
My own lessons in
independent living and cooking began when I was a kid, thanks to my mom and
stepdad, Vern. My mother let me use her stand mixer to whip the cream or
potatoes, and Vern taught me to make chicken-fried steak and cornmeal-coated
pan-fried catfish. Perhaps most importantly, I started grocery shopping for the
family at age eight.
The latter happened after
my parents’ divorce, once my mother realized that although she had lost
privileges to shop at the commissary, the steeply discounted grocery store on
Goodfellow Air Force Base for military personnel and their dependents, her kids
had not. So
she made up a list, handed
me cash, and drove me to the store. The first time she worried: “Are you all
right doing this, honey? I’ll be right out here if you need me.”
When an hour later, the
store worker who bagged our groceries followed me outside to the car, he
initially didn’t see my mother waiting for me. As she loves to tell it, he took
one look at the car and said, “Don’t tell me you can drive, too.”
My mother wasn’t worried
about me for long, because my enthusiasm was so obvious. And why wouldn’t it
be? I was like a kid in a candy store—okay, a grocery store— and I felt
liberated. I followed her list to the letter, but I had to make choices among
brands, look for cheaper substitutions, and remember the all-important goal: If
I finished under budget, I could pick out something just for myself.
It was the first of many
little things that helped me feel comfortable many years later when I moved to
a new city and an apartment all my own, especially once I learned how to shop
and cook for just one rather than a family of four.
The thing to remember is
this: You don’t have to resort to takeout just because you live alone. You can
keep the right (delicious) foods in your pantry, refrigerator, and
freezer; learn to shop with
an eye for ingredients that support a single cook’s lifestyle; and cook without
worrying about satisfying anyone’s hankerings but your own.
After all, if you don’t
feed yourself well, who will?
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
A writer doesn’t work
alone, even on a cookbook about cooking alone. I’ve had more help than I can
probably even remember, or certainly keep track of, so my apologies for any
omissions in this list.
That said, plenty of people
rise to the top of those who deserve thanks. First of all, this book never
would have happened if Washington Post deputy food editor Bonnie Benwick hadn’t
suggested that cooking for one, a topic we covered in a few feature stories,
deserved a monthly column, and then indulged me later when I claimed the topic all
for myself. As my editor on the column, she has been an invaluable sounding
board and reality check, brainstorming approaches, displaying admirable
patience, and asking just the right questions. She encouraged the writing of
this book, gave honest and helpful feedback on my cooking and recipes, and
helped test recipes.
My sister, Rebekah, is
truly awe-inspiring in many ways, but in recent years she has shown me how
possible it is
to become so close to the
source of your food that the line between you and it is practically
nonexistent.
My sources for the monthly
column—fellow cooks, bloggers, and authors—gave freely of their time,
expertise, and recipes, and they responded to my questions, however silly. The
first among these is the incomparable Judith Jones, whose book, The Pleasures
of Cooking for One, is an icon of this growing genre. Also Eric Ripert, Joyce
Goldstein, Deborah Madison, Suzanne Pirret, Debby Maugans Nakos, Jim Lahey,
Steve Sando, Lidia Bastianich, Jaden Hair, K. N. Vinod, Harumi Kurihara,
Russell Warnick, Michele Humes, Grace Young, and Lynn Alley.
My agent, Lisa Ekus, and
her daughter and associate, Sally Ekus, are always quick with words of support
and practical advice. I’m proud that the sale of my book was Sally’s first.
My editor at Ten Speed
Press, Dawn Yanagihara, stood at the ready to play devil’s advocate just when I
needed to hear it and handled my work with efficient grace. I knew her from her
Boston days and couldn’t have asked for a better match. Copy editor Andrea Chesman
nipped and tucked, tweaked and massaged my copy until it shone. When Dawn moved
on from Ten Speed after my book was through the copy-editor phase, Jenny Wapner
picked up where she left
off and shepherded the project to completion with the same helpful attitude and
cando spirit.
I was thrilled when I
learned that Ed Anderson, whose work I have admired for years, would shoot the
photographs for this book; the thrill continued every time I saw another image.
He and food stylist Jenny Martin-Wong made the dishes look effortless, which is
exactly right.
Heidi Robb is a recipe
wizard, and she lent me use of her creative mind and unerring palate as she
performed triage on several dishes that were giving me trouble, helping me turn
them into winners.
Several friends and
colleagues tasted my cooking and provided the most important things possible to
a cookbook author: open minds, expert palates, and honest feedback. These
include Jane Black, Becky Krystal, Zofia Smardz, David Hagedorn, Michael
Widomski, Sean Finnell, Jamie Bennett, Jon Kelly, and Yaron Peleg.
Testing was cheerfully and
ably handled by students and alumni of Cambridge School of Culinary Arts,
coordinated by Elizabeth Dayton. When midterms approached, friends, family, and
colleagues took up the
reins: Carol Blymire, Robin
Shuster, Necee Regis, Jane Touzalin, Josh Bloom, Rebekah Yonan, Gary Bowden,
Mark Ziomek, Brent Cunningham, Devra First, Harry and Eve First, Kim Watson,
Christy Goldfinch, Lydia Walshin, Edouard Fontenot, Jerry Sealy, Rachel
Alabiso, Wayne Winters, Alex Knight, Doug Campbell, Ted Weesner, Michael
Cocolla, and Ari Shapiro.
Several friends and fellow
cooks/authors came through with support and guidance—and fantastic recipes. At
the top of this list is Patricia Jinich, my go-to source for all questions
about Mexican cuisine. Domenica Marchetti and Samuel Fromartz came through with
a pasta dish and a pizza dough, respectively, and I’m grateful. The inimitable
Lidia Bastianich, queen of family-style cooking, responded to my plea with some
unerringly smart ideas.
Some people have encouraged
this book from its earliest inception and have offered welcome advice and
perspective: Susan Puckett, Bill Addison, Kim O’Donnel, Monica Bhide, Kathleen
Finn, Tim Carman, Raju Narisetti, Tom Sietsema, and Nancy Wall Hopkins. Others
have been inspirations without, perhaps, knowing it: Peter Reinhart, David
Lebovitz, Rose Levy Beranbaum, Karen Page and Andrew Dornenburg, Michael
Ruhlman, Dorie Greenspan, Diana Kennedy,
Anya von Bremzen, Giuliano
Hazan, Marcella Hazan, and Ed Levine.
I sometimes think my
brothers and sisters could star in a TV cooking reality show in which we each
represent a stereotypical cook: the busy suburban mom (Julie), the small-town
Texas barbecue fanatic (Michael), the genteel Southern lady (Teri), the
down-home queen of pies (Nancy), and the back-to-the-land-er (Rebekah). They
all inspired me in their own ways, as did my late sister, Bonnie, and father,
Richard. My mom deserves credit for getting me interested in food before I was
interested in almost anything else, and I’m already on record as crediting my
stepdad, Vern, with teaching me how to make my first real dish, chicken-fried
steak.
CHAPTER 1
BASIC RECIPES, CONDIMENTS,
AND
PICKLES
When editors of Washington
D.C.’s Brightest Young Things blog emailed and asked if they could catalog and
photograph everything in my fridge and freezer for a series they were working
on, I had one immediate question: “How much time do you have?”
The answer was, “As much
time as we need,” which was good, because it took more than two hours, and that
was working as quickly as we could. My entry must’ve had at least twice the
items of any of the other foodniks featured in the series. Friends who posted
the link on Facebook said things like, “I have fridge-envy,” and they weren’t talking
about the appliance.
As a single cook, why do I
have so much food? Well, before you accuse me of hoarding, let me get on my
soap box: I’m a zealot about the fact that if you’re fully stocked, making
something quick at the end of a long workday is that much easier. I think it
might even be more important for single folks than for others, because
it allows us to make bigger
batches of things when we have the time, but then just use a little of it to
help punch up a single-serving meal that doesn’t result in a mountain of
leftovers.
I certainly have more than
my fair share of store-bought condiments, but I also like to make my own. I
know just what’s in them (no unpronounceable ingredients here), I can make them
to suit my own sometimes-quirky palate, and I positively savor the
satisfaction—or should I say self-satisfaction?—when I use them.
-HOUR TOMATOES
I have made these tomatoes
for more than a decade now, but it wasn’t until my sister’s homegrown Maine
wedding, where I made hundreds of them for the appetizer table, that I realized
how perfect a technique this is for “putting up” local tomatoes in the peak
season. The low heat of the oven turns the tomatoes almost jammy, concentrating
the flavor beautifully, which makes them perfect as a topping for bruschetta,
pasta, or pizza (see Smoky Pizza Margherita). They also can be served on an
antipasti platter with mixed olives, cheese, pickles, and/or smoked fish. I
call them 12-hour tomatoes, but the amount of time it takes depends greatly on
the size and juiciness of the tomatoes. So for the least fuss, don’t mix
varieties or sizes in one batch, but feel free to multiply this recipe as you
wish. Left in the oven long enough, the tomatoes will start to become a little
chewy around the edges, which make a nice counterpoint to the moisture inside.
Try other spices instead of the cumin: regular paprika, smoked Spanish paprika
(pimenton), and cinnamon also work well with the tomatoes, or you can stick
with just salt and pepper for the purest tomato flavor.
Makes about 3 cups
teaspoons cumin seeds
large (3- to 4-inch)
tomatoes, stemmed (but not cored) and cut
in half vertically
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
¼ cup extra-virgin olive oil,
plus more for storing
Preheat the oven to 200°F.
Line a large rimmed baking sheet with aluminum foil or parchment paper.
Place a small, dry skillet
over medium heat. Add the seeds and toast, shaking the pan occasionally, until
they are fragrant but not browned, 2 to 4 minutes. Immediately transfer them to
a heatproof bowl to stop the cooking; let cool completely, and then grind.
Place the tomatoes, cut side
up, on the prepared baking sheet. Season the cut side with salt and pepper to taste,
then drizzle with oil. Sprinkle evenly with the ground cumin.
Bake for 10 to 14 hours (the
time will vary, depending on the size and variety of tomato), until the
tomatoes have collapsed and shriveled to ¼ to ½ inch thick; they should still
be moist inside but can be slightly crisp and browned at the edges.
Cool completely. To store,
pack the tomatoes in an airtight container, cover them with olive oil, and
refrigerate for up to 2 weeks. For longer storage, use a thermometer to make
sure your refrigerator is under 38°F, then pack them tightly into sterilized
jars, cover them with olive oil, and refrigerate for up to 3 months. Or
pack them into freezer-safe
plastic bags, remove as much air as possible from the bags, and freeze for up
to 6 months. Defrost an entire bag at a time; once defrosted, cover tomatoes
with olive oil and store in the fridge.
CORN BROTH
It’s too bad so many cooks,
when presented with a basket of beautifully fresh and local corn, strip off
those husks and toss them. That’s a lot of flavor headed for the compost pile
or, worse, the trash. I got the idea to use the husks to make corn broth from
Vitaly Paley of Paley’s Place in Portland, Oregon, as mentioned in The Flavor
Bible by Karen Page and Andrew Dornenburg. I was already using the cobs, so I
threw the husks in the pot along with the silks, too, to get as much corn
flavor as possible. This broth is best made in the very height of local corn
season and won’t be as vibrant with supermarket corn. Once you have the broth
on hand, use it as the base for soups, especially as a stand-in for chicken
broth in Corn Risotto with Roasted Cherry Tomatoesand add it
in increments to sauces for a boost of summer flavor.
Makes 4 to 5 cups
whole ears corn 7 cups water
Rinse the corn, then strip
off the husks and silks. Discard any browned or blackened spots of silk and
coarsely cut the remaining
husks and silks into 2- to
3-inch pieces. Use a vegetable brush and running water to remove any remaining
silks from the ears.
Remove the kernels by cutting
each cob in half, and then standing it on its flat end on a cutting board. Use
a knife to slice the kernels off from top to bottom. Reserve the kernels for
another use (freezing them if necessary). Cut the stripped cobs into 2- to
3inch pieces and transfer them to a large stockpot. Cover with the husks and
silks.
Add the water and place the
pot over medium-high heat. Bring to a boil, then reduce the heat to low to keep
the liquid at a bare simmer; cover and cook undisturbed until very fragrant,
about 1 hour.
Strain the broth through a
fine-mesh strainer into a large bowl, pressing on the solids to extract as much
liquid as possible. Discard the husks, cobs, and silks. Strain again if needed
to remove any remaining silks. The broth can be used right away; or let it cool
to room temperature, then portion it into heavy-duty resealable plastic food
storage bags or ice cube trays. Refrigerate for up to 3 days or freeze for up
to 2 months.
HERBED LEMON CONFIT
Preserved lemons can spike
up the flavor of any dish, particularly something rich that needs the
cut-through-the-fat talents only an acidic ingredient can bring. This method,
which I based on a recipe in Tom Colicchio’s ’wichcraft (Clarkson Potter,
2009), drastically reduces the amount of time it takes to preserve lemons by
slicing them first, allowing the salt/sugar mixture to penetrate that much more
quickly. And that’s a good thing, because you won’t want to wait too long for
these. They need 3 days of curing time, but they will keep in an airtight
container in your refrigerator for a month. Use them in Smoked
Trout, Potato, and Fennel Pizza; Roast Chicken Leg with Gremolata
and Sunchokes; and Tuna, Chickpea, and Arugula Sandwich; or anywhere else you want
a sharp hit of salty lemon.
Makes about 2 cups
lemons
1 large shallot lobe, finely
chopped 2 cloves garlic, finely chopped
Leaves from 1 large sprig
rosemary, finely chopped Leaves from 1 sprig thyme
6 black peppercorns, crushed
3 tablespoons coarse kosher or sea salt
tablespoon sugar
½ to 1 cup extra-virgin olive
oil
Bring a medium pot of water
to a boil over high heat, then plunge the lemons into the water for about 30
seconds or so, to soften any wax on the fruit. Drain, rinse, wipe the lemons
clean, and dry them. Cut the lemons into very thin slices, discarding the ends
and any seeds.
Combine the shallot, garlic,
rosemary, thyme, and peppercorns in a small bowl. Combine the salt and sugar in
a separate small bowl.
Arrange a layer of lemon
slices in the bottom of a medium container with a lid, being sure not to
overlap the slices. Sprinkle the lemons first with a little of the
shallot-garlic mixture, then with some of the salt-sugar mixture. Repeat to use
all the slices, layering them in several stacks and sprinkling them alternately
with the two mixtures until the final lemon slices are topped with the last of
the shallot-garlic and salt-sugar mixtures. Cover tightly and refrigerate for 3
days, but after a day or so, turn over the container so all the slices can cure
evenly.
Drain the lemons in a
strainer for about 15 minutes. Have ready a clean 1-quart container with a
tight-fitting lid.
Pack the drained lemons
tightly in the container, then fill with the oil, making sure the lemons are
completely covered. The confit can be used immediately or refrigerated for up
to 1 month.
SPICY HUMMUS
I love hummus, but ever
since I had the justifiably famous spicy version at Sahadi’s, a Middle Eastern
specialty foods shop in Brooklyn, I’m not satisfied with the tame stuff
anymore. This is not their recipe, but it wasn’t hard to add a little fire to
my favorite one, which uses more water than you might think, resulting in a
particularly silky hummus. Eat some immediately, of course, with crackers or
bread or whatever suits your fancy, but make sure to save some for Eggplant and
Spicy Hummus Flatbread, and refrigerate the rest for up to 2 weeks, during which time
you can use it as a sandwich spread or even thin it out with vinegar to make a
salad dressing. A shortcut, obviously, is to add the pepperinfused olive oil to
your favorite store-bought hummus.
Makes about 2 cups
tablespoon extra-virgin olive
oil 1 teaspoon red pepper flakes
½ teaspoon pimenton (smoked
Spanish paprika) 2 cups cooked chickpeas, preferably homemade,
rinsed and
drained
½ cup chickpea cooking liquid
or water, plus more as needed 2 tablespoons tahini, plus more as needed
Juice of 1 lemon
plump clove garlic, peeled ½
teaspoon salt, plus more to taste
Pour the oil into a small
skillet over medium heat. When the oil starts to shimmer, sprinkle in the red
pepper flakes and pimenton. Cook, stirring or shaking the pan frequently, until
the spices are very fragrant, about 30 seconds. (Be careful not to let the
spices burn.) Turn off the heat and let cool.
In a food processor, combine
the chickpeas, cooking liquid, tahini, lemon juice, garlic, and salt. Pour in
the oil and red pepper flakes from the skillet. Process until smooth. Taste,
adjust the salt if necessary, and add more cooking liquid or water if you want
the hummus thinner or more tahini if you want it thicker.
Eat immediately, or cover
tightly and store in the refrigerator for up to 2 weeks.
MULLED WINE SYRUP
I used to be reluctant to
open a bottle of wine at home unless I was entertaining, because I’d drink a
glass or two and then have to contend with the leftover vino. There are various
ways to deal with it (see STORING AND USING EXTRA INGREDIENTS), but once I discovered
this idea from blogger Michele Humes on SeriousEats.com, it was a
problem no more. Even lesser-quality wine becomes a deeply flavored condiment
good for drizzling on ice cream, chocolate desserts, or citrus segments. It can
be used for layering in a parfait with Greek-style yogurtor for hydrating dried cherries in
a tart with almonds. I tend to use whatever spices strike my fancy at the time;
with red wine, I like this particular combination, but whole cinnamon, cloves,
and/or allspice, for example, could be used for a more pronounced flavor. The
best thing about this syrup? Once you cool it, it can be refrigerated in an
airtight container indefinitely.
Makes ½ cup
½ cups red wine of any
variety ½ cup sugar
1 vanilla bean, split (not
scraped) 2 whole star anise
1 teaspoon pink peppercorns
Combine the wine, sugar,
vanilla bean, star anise, and peppercorns in a wide pot or skillet over
medium-high heat, stirring to dissolve the sugar. Bring to a boil, then
decrease the heat to medium; cook until the liquid becomes syrupy and has
reduced by about twothirds, about 10 minutes.
Use a fine-mesh strainer to
strain the syrup into a small container; discard the spices and let cool. Use
immediately or cover and refrigerate.
Variation: Use white wine
instead of red, and use 1 vanilla bean and five or six ¼-inch slices of fresh
ginger.
CASHEW TAMARI DRESSING
While I was in college
(along with 49,999 of my closest friends at the University of Texas at Austin),
I was one of the many nonvegetarian fans of Mother’s, an iconic vegetarian
restaurant in Hyde Park, where I’d pretty much always get a smoothie and a huge
spinach salad with this pungent dressing. Besides cashews, the main ingredient
is tamari, a richer version of soy sauce that’s traditionally (but not always)
made without wheat. Decades later, Mother’s is still going strong, reopening
after a 2007 fire and still serving this dressing (bottling it for retail sale,
even). Thanks to the glories of Google, I was able to track down a recipe for
it from Rachel MacIntyre, a personal chef in Austin who blogs at thefriendlykitchen.comand used
to work at Mother’s precursor, West Lynn Cafe. I lightened it a little bit, but
it’s as addictive as ever. I toss it onto spinach and other salads, of course,
but also baked potatoes, broiled asparagus, steamed carrots, and more,
including Charred Asparagus, Tofu, and Farro Salad.
Makes about 1½ cups
½ cup extra-virgin olive oil
2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar 6 tablespoons tamari
½ cup raw, unsalted cashews
¼ cup water
In a blender or food
processor, combine the oil, vinegar, tamari, cashews, and water. Pulse several
times until the mixture is emulsified but there are still bits of cashew
throughout. Taste for flavors and adjust as needed. Store in an airtight
container in the refrigerator for several weeks.
Note:The dressing
will congeal in the refrigerator, so let it come to room temperature before
using, or zap it in the microwave for a few seconds to speed things up.
PARSLEY GARLIC DRESSING
When I lived in
Peterborough, New Hampshire, in the early 1990s, I had two obsessions. The
first was the lettuce mix from organic farming pioneer Rosaly Bass, who charmed
me so much I signed up for a subscription that let me pick what I wanted off
her land all season long. (I tended to swing by at midnight after a long day as
editor of the weekly Monadnock Ledger and shovel up carrots by moonlight.) The
second was this powerfully sharp dressing, made by chef Hiroshi Hayashi at his
elegant, health-minded Japanese restaurant, Latacarta. While Rosaly’s farm is
still going strong, Hayashi long ago closed the restaurant and started the
Monadnock School of Natural Cooking and Philosophy, but he still makes this
vegan dressing. I use it to dress simple salads of butter lettuce with cherry
tomatoes and carrots, taking care to slice the carrots into a perfect julienne
the way I remember Hayashi did. The dressing also makes an excellent dip for
crudités.
Makes about 2 cups
(12-ounce) block silken tofu,
drained 1 large or 2 small cloves garlic
¼ large bunch parsley (about
1 cup coarsely chopped leaves and
stems)
Juice of 1 lemon
¼ cup unseasoned rice vinegar
¼ cup extra-virgin olive oil 1 teaspoon coarse kosher or sea salt ¼ teaspoon
cayenne pepper
Combine all the ingredients
in a blender or food processor and blend until smooth. Use immediately, or
refrigerate for up to 2 weeks.
CILANTRO VINAIGRETTE
I got this recipe from
Patricia Jinich, chef-instructor at the Mexican Cultural Institute in
Washington, D.C., who got it from her sister. Don’t be fooled by its
simplicity; it is perfectly balanced. It will keep its lively color for about a
week in the refrigerator, but the flavor will last another week or two, meaning
you can feel free to splash it onto all manner of salads including Ex-Texas
Salad, plus avocados, tomatoes, green beans, even cold rice. You can
also use other leafy herbs, particularly parsley, basil, or mint, instead of
the cilantro.
Makes about ¾ cup
¼ cup fresh cilantro leaves,
coarsely chopped ¼ cup extra-virgin olive oil
¼ cup canola oil
¼ cup red wine vinegar
1 clove garlic, coarsely
chopped 1 teaspoon sugar
½ teaspoon salt
Combine all the ingredients
in a blender, cover, and puree until smooth. Use immediately, or refrigerate
for up to 3 weeks.
BLUEBERRY LEMON JAM
This recipe started the way
all jam recipes should: I came into a bounty of stunningly delicious, in-season
fruit. It wasn’t from a blueberry patch like those in southern Maine my
homesteading sister, Rebekah, picks from, but it was the closest thing I have
to such: the Dupont Circle FreshFarm Market. One of my favorite vendors there,
Tree and Leaf, had blueberries one summer that were better than any I’ve tasted
outside Maine. I paid a pretty penny for them, went home, and broke open Mes
Confitures, the tome by famous French jam maker Christine Ferber. I found her
take on a wild blueberry-lemon jam, and I took shameless liberties with it, as
anybody working with much different fruit should. I used much less sugar (her
wild ones must be very tart), and streamlined the process. The result is a
celebration of the blueberry, brightened with slices of candied lemon, peel and
all. Use it anytime you want good jam: on toast, stirred into yogurt, and even
as the basis of such desserts as Blueberry-Lemon Tart with Toasted
Coconut.
Makes 4 half-pint jars
lemons, thinly sliced and
seeded 1⁄3 cup water
1¼ cups sugar
2 pounds blueberries, stemmed
Have ready four 8-ounce
canning jars with 2-piece lids. Fill a large pot with water and bring to a boil
over high heat, then decrease the heat so that the water is barely bubbling. Immerse
the pint jars in the canning kettle. Place the rings and lids in a separate
small saucepan and cover them with hot water. Leave the jars and lids immersed
while you cook the jam. If you don’t have a candy thermometer to tell you when
the jam is done, place a small plate in the freezer.
Combine the lemon slices,
water, and ½ cup of the sugar in a large saucepan over medium-high heat; bring
to a boil and cook undisturbed until the lemon slices are translucent, about 20
minutes. Add the remaining ¾ cup sugar and the blueberries; cook, stirring
occasionally, until the mixture thickens and reaches 220°F on a candy
thermometer, 20 to 30 minutes.
If you don’t have a candy
thermometer, remove the plate from the freezer and immediately spoon a teaspoon
of jam onto it. Let it sit for a few minutes until the jam cools, then tilt the
plate and see how much it runs. It will probably not wrinkle and get firm the
way jams with more pectin would, but it should be thick and only slightly run.
If it’s too runny, continue cooking it down, stirring frequently, until it
thickens further.
While the jam is still hot,
ladle it into the hot, sterilized canning jars, leaving about ¼ inch of head
space at the top. Remove any air bubbles by running a long, nonmetallic utensil,
such as a chopstick or wooden skewer, between the jar and the jam. Top with the
prepared lids, close tightly,
and process for 5 minutes in a hotwater bath with the jars submerged by at
least 1 to 2 inches of water. Remove from the water and let cool, undisturbed,
to room temperature.
Besides making that telltale
ping when it seals, the lid of a properly sealed jar should be slightly concave
and not move; if the lid springs down and back when you press your finger in
the center, the lid is unsealed. If it doesn’t seal, process it again or store
it in the refrigerator instead of at room temperature. Store sealed jars in a
cool, dry place.
Note:If you don’t
want to fully seal and can the jam, you can pack it into clean jars, tighten
the lids, let cool to room temperature, and refrigerate for several months. Or
pack into freezer-safe plastic bags, squeeze out the extra air, seal, and
freeze for up to one year.
STRAWBERRY VANILLA JAM
When I spent a day making
jams with Stefano Frigerio, a chefturned-food-producer, I knew I had found a
kindred spirit. Frigerio, who sells his Copper Pot Food Co. jams, sauces, and
pastas at Washington, D.C., farmers’ markets, resisted set-in-stone recipes and
instead cautioned me that the most important thing is to taste, especially if
you don’t want the jam to be too sweet. In the true spirit of preserving, use
only fresh, local, in-season berries for this jam. (There’s really no reason to
preserve something that you can get all year-round, so why use supermarket
strawberries?) Without any added pectin, this jam has a slightly loose
consistency, which I like, given that my favorite use is to stir it into
yogurt.
Makes 8 half-pint jars
quarts (about 8 pounds)
strawberries, hulled and halved 6 vanilla beans, slit lengthwise with a sharp
knife 1½ to 2 cups sugar, plus more to taste
Combine the strawberries,
vanilla beans, and 1½ cups of the sugar in a large bowl. Mix well and let the
mixture sit for at least 30 minutes, or until a puddle of juice forms at the
bottom of the bowl, and up to several hours.
Meanwhile, have ready 8
half-pint canning jars with 2-piece lids. Fill a large pot with water and bring
to a boil over high heat, then reduce the heat so that the water is barely
bubbling. Immerse the pint jars in the pot. Place the rings and lids in a
separate small saucepan and cover them with very hot, but not boiling, water.
Leave the jars and lids immersed while you cook the jam. If you don’t have a
candy thermometer to tell you when the jam is done, place a small plate in the
freezer.
Transfer the fruit mixture
and all of its juices to a large, wide pot set over medium-high heat. Cook,
stirring occasionally, until the strawberries are very soft, 25 to 30 minutes.
Use a potato masher to break down the strawberries. Taste, and add additional
sugar, ¼ cup at a time, stirring to dissolve it, as needed. Fish out the
vanilla beans and use a paring knife to scrape their seeds into the jam.
Discard the beans.
Continue cooking the mixture,
stirring frequently to avoid scorching, until it reduces by about one-third and
reaches 220°F on a candy thermometer, another 60 to 90 minutes. If you don’t
have a candy thermometer, remove the plate from the freezer and immediately
spoon a teaspoon of jam onto it. Let it sit for a few minutes until the jam
cools, then tilt the plate and see how much it runs. It will probably not
wrinkle and get firm the way jams with more pectin would, but it should be thick
and only slightly run. If it’s too runny, continue cooking it down, stirring
frequently, until it thickens further.
While the jam is still hot,
ladle it into the hot, sterilized canning jars, leaving about ¼ inch of head
space at the top. Remove any air bubbles by running a long, nonmetallic
utensil, such as a chopstick or wooden skewer, around the edges of the jar
between the jar and the jam. Top with the prepared lids, close tightly, and
process for 5 minutes in a hot-water bath (submerge the jars by at least 1 to 2
inches of water). Let cool, undisturbed, to room temperature.
Besides making that telltale
ping when it seals, the lid of a properly sealed jar should be slightly concave
and not move when touched; if the lid springs down and back when you press your
finger in the center, the lid is not sealed. Process it again, or store the jar
in the refrigerator instead of at room temperature. Store jars in a cool, dry
place.
Note:If you don’t
want to fully seal and can the jam, you can pack it into clean jars, tighten
the lids, let cool to room temperature, and refrigerate for several months. Or
pack into freezer-safe plastic bags, squeeze out the extra air, seal, and
freeze for up to one year.
Clockwise from top left:
Salsa Verde, Herbed Lemon Confit, Citrus Pickled Onions, and
-Hour Tomatoes.
SALSA VERDE
Some people say that
Tex-Mex cooking bears no relation to Mexican. Well, tell that to me and my
friend Patricia Jinich, a Mexico City native who now teaches cooking classes
through the Mexican Cultural Institute in Washington, D.C. Pati and I bonded
over our mutual love of Mexican food, and even though I have traveled
frequently in Mexico, many of the recipes she has shared with me take me right
back to my West Texas childhood or Central Texas college days. This
salsa—gorgeous to behold and tart and spicy to taste—is the perfect example;
its flavors are identical to those served up in little bowls on every table at
the best Tex-Mex restaurants I know. It’s perfect on the Catfish
Tacos with Chipotle Slawand Shrimp Tacos with Grapefruit-Black Bean Salsa, and it
is a natural pairing with seafood. But, honestly, you can drizzle it on just
about anything to decent effect. And, of course, you can just scoop it up with
tortilla chips.
Makes about 2 cups
pound tomatillos, husks
removed and rinsed 2 cloves garlic
2 jalapeٌo chiles, stems
removed
Leaves from ½ bunch cilantro
(about ½ cup packed) 1 large shallot lobe or small onion, chopped (about ¼ cup)
½ teaspoon coarse kosher or
sea salt, plus more to taste 1 tablespoon vegetable oil
Combine the tomatillos,
garlic, and jalapeٌos in a medium pot and cover with water. Place over high
heat and bring to a boil. Decrease the heat to medium and cook until the
tomatillos change in color from bright to pale olive green and are quite soft
but not yet coming apart, about 10 minutes.
Transfer the tomatillos,
garlic, one of the jalapeٌos, and ½ cup of the cooking liquid to a blender;
remove the center of the lid and place a dish towel over it so steam can
escape. Puree until smooth. (If you have an immersion or handheld blender, you
can do this right in the pot; pour out all but ½ cup of the cooking liquid and
fish out one of the jalapeٌos before proceeding.)
Add the cilantro, shallot,
and salt; puree until smooth. Taste and add salt as needed. Also taste for heat
and add part or all of the remaining jalapeٌo, if desired, and puree.
Discard the cooking water in
the pot, pour in the vegetable oil, and return the pot to medium-high heat. Add
the sauce and bring to a boil, then decrease the heat to medium-low and simmer
the sauce until it thickens a bit and deepens in flavor and color, about 5
minutes.
Transfer to a container to
cool completely. Use immediately, or refrigerate for up to several weeks.
BLACKENED SALSA
My friend Karin and I moved
to Boston at about the same time, and of all the things this fellow Tex-pat and
I missed the most, at the top of the list was the spicy, smoky, black-flecked
salsa at La Fogata restaurant in San Antonio, where Karin grew up and where we
both loved to visit when we were in college in nearby Austin. In those days, La
Fogata would sell you the stuff to go, but only if you brought your own
container. Karin would fly back to Boston with a gallon jug in her carry-on,
something that wouldn’t go over too well with the TSA anymore. Nowadays, you
can order the salsa online, but it’s not quite the same, no doubt due to the
preservatives required to make it shelf stable. After I saw a take on the
recipe at SpiceLines.com, I started experimenting and developed my
own. In addition to gracing the top of Tacos de Huevosand going
into Spicy Glazed Mini Meatloaf, the pungent, garlicky condiment
is good on grilled pork chops or steak. Of course, it can be served as an
appetizer with tortilla chips. The recipe doubles and triples easily.
Makes ¾ to 1 cup
jalapeٌo chile, stemmed and
left whole 2 medium shallot lobes, peeled but left whole 4 cloves garlic,
unpeeled
pint cherry tomatoes, stems
removed
teaspoons sherry vinegar or
red wine vinegar ½ teaspoon
coarse kosher or sea salt, plus more as needed ¼ cup
water, plus more as needed
Preheat the broiler with the
rack set 3 to 4 inches from the element or flame.
Combine the jalapeٌo,
shallots, garlic, and cherry tomatoes in a large cast-iron skillet or a
roasting pan. Broil for 10 to 15 minutes, shaking the pan occasionally, until
the vegetables are blackened all over.
Remove from the broiler and
reserve the garlic and jalapeٌo; transfer the remaining vegetables to a food
processor and let cool slightly.
When the garlic is cool
enough to handle, discard the papery skin; add the garlic to the food
processor. Slice open the jalapeٌo; scrape out the seeds and reserve them. Add
the jalapeٌo to the food processor, along with the vinegar, salt, and water.
Pulse or process briefly until the mixture is pureed but with some chunks
remaining.
Taste and adjust salt as
necessary; thin with water as needed. Adjust the heat level by adding as many
of the reserved jalapeٌo seeds as desired, pulsing to combine. Serve
immediately or refrigerate in an airtight container for up to 2 weeks.
RED PEPPER CHUTNEY
I’m a freak for
sweet-and-sour flavors and an admitted chile-head. That’s why I like Southeast
Asian food so much, but the same combination of flavors characterizes food from
other places, such as this rustic Italian-inspired chutney. I first made it
when I was looking for single-serving appetizers: something small to calm my
raging appetite (what I like to call “hanger”) while I’m cooking. This
flavor-packed condiment does the trick, particularly when served on top of good
ricotta on toast. But it can also be one of those condiments that you keep
around as the basis for main courses. Toss it in hot pasta, slather it on Three-Pepper
Pizza with Goat Cheese, or use it to top Low, Slow, and Custardy Eggsor Shrimp and
Potato Chip Tortilla. I got the idea from the fabulous A16: Food + Wine, by Nate
Appleman and Shelley Lindgren, but kicked it up by adding a poblano pepper,
plus more red pepper flakes and garlic, and balanced it out with a little
sugar.
Makes about 2 cups
large or 3 medium red bell
peppers (about 1 pound total) 1 poblano pepper
2 tablespoons extra-virgin
olive oil 1 tablespoon capers, drained 2 teaspoons tomato paste
large shallot lobes, cut into
¼-inch dice (about ½ cup) 1 clove garlic, chopped
¼ fennel bulb, cored and cut
into ¼-inch dice (about ¼ cup) ½ teaspoon red pepper flakes
Kosher or sea salt
1 tablespoon red wine
vinegar, plus more as needed 1 teaspoon sugar, plus more as needed
Preheat the broiler with the
rack set 4 to 5 inches from the element or flame. Line a large baking sheet
with aluminum foil.
Split the bell peppers and
poblano pepper through the stems and lay them cut sides down on the prepared
baking sheet. Broil for a few minutes, then turn the sheet front to back and
broil for a few more minutes, until the peppers are completely charred. Remove
from the broiler, and let them cool on the baking sheet. When the peppers are
cool enough to handle, slip off and discard the peels, stems, cores, and seeds.
(Resist the temptation to do any of this under running water, or the flavor
will be lost.) Tear or cut the peppers into roughly equal strips about ½ inch
wide.
Heat the oil in a large
skillet over medium heat. Use paper towels to pat dry the capers. Add them to
the hot oil and fry until they bloom and start to become crisp, 2 to 4 minutes.
Add the tomato paste (be careful of splatters) and cook, stirring, until it
darkens in color, about 2 minutes. Add the shallots, garlic, fennel, red pepper
flakes, and salt to taste. Cook, stirring occasionally, until the vegetables
are tender, about 5 minutes.
Add the vinegar and use a spatula
to dislodge any browned bits from the bottom of the skillet, then stir in the
sugar. Add the peppers and cook for a few minutes, stirring. Taste for
seasoning, adding salt, vinegar, or sugar as needed.
Serve the chutney warm or at
room temperature. Or let it cool, then refrigerate in a tightly covered
container for up to 2 weeks.
CABBAGE AND PEAR KIMCHI
Like many food-oriented
folk, I have a serious kimchi obsession going. But I didn’t want just any old
kimchi recipe in this book. And I knew just where to turn in search of a recipe
that has a little something extra: my friend Deb Samuels, cooking teacher and
coauthor with Taekyung Chung of The Korean Table: From Barbecue to Bibimbap.
Deb keeps up on all things Korean, and she told me that not only is it becoming
more fashionable to salt kimchi less than traditional recipes call for, but
also that the watersoaking process probably can be skipped entirely. She also
said one of her favorites is a white kimchi with a main ingredient of Asian
pear, which happened to already feature strongly in my Korean Short
Rib Tacos. Why not try a kimchi with cabbage and pear together? Of
course, she was right on the money. Look for Korean chili powder, which has a
distinctive heat but a mellow, sweet undertone, in Asian supermarkets; for
kimchi, there really is no substitute. Once you have your ingredients, this
kimchi could hardly be simpler to make, and the slight sweetness and crunch it
gets from the pear make it positively haunting. Besides using it on the tacos,
use it on Kimchi, Ham, and Fried Egg Pizzaand Fried Rice
with Cauliflower and Kimchi.
Makes about 4 cups
head napa cabbage (1½ to 2
pounds), cored and cut into 2-inch
pieces
1 tablespoon coarse kosher or
sea salt
1 Asian pear, cored and cut
into ½-inch dice (do not peel) ¼ cup Korean red chili powder
6 cloves garlic, peeled
2-inch piece fresh ginger,
peeled and coarsely chopped 2 tablespoons water
2 teaspoons sugar
2 teaspoons oyster sauce 2
teaspoons Asian fish sauce
Toss the cabbage with the
salt in a large bowl. Let it sit until it exudes liquid and wilts, 60 to 90
minutes. Lift the cabbage out of the excess liquid by the handful, squeeze it
dry, and transfer it to another bowl, discarding the liquid. Do not rinse.
Stir in the Asian pear,
tossing to combine.
Combine the chili powder,
garlic, ginger, water, sugar, oyster sauce, and fish sauce in a food processor.
Process until smooth, scraping down the sides of the bowl if needed. Add to the
cabbage-pear mixture, toss to combine, and let sit overnight, covered and at
room temperature.
Transfer the mixture to an
airtight container and refrigerate. Wait at least a few days before using the
kimchi, which will get more pungent as the days go by. Use within 2 weeks.
CITRUS-PICKLED ONIONS
Pickled onions are the
magic fix-it condiment in my refrigerator. You could serve me the worst dish
ever, and if it had a few pickled onions on top, I’d probably say, “Hmm. Not
bad.” Of course, that means that they can also take something that’s already
delicious and make it spectacular. They’re a traditional partner with pibils,
the banana leaf-wrapped, pit-cooked meats of the Yucatan. I particularly like
them on tacos (see Cochinita Pibil Tacos with Habanero Salsa, and Tacos de
Huevos), where they give an extra crunch and hit of acidity. I’ve made
them all sorts of ways over the years—combining the onions with lime juice,
salt, and cumin; blanching the onions first, then tossing in vinegar and
Tabasco— but it wasn’t until my delightful friend Patricia Jinich turned me on
to her method that I made it mine, too. Pati, who blogs at patismexicantable.com,
experimented endlessly (well, sixteen batches) to find the right combination
that would substitute for Yucatecan bitter orange juice before she settled on
this one. It was worth it, but if you can find bitter orange (labeled naranja
agria in Latin stores), use it instead of the juice/vinegar combination here.
Makes about 2 cups
banana chile or jalapeٌo
chile ¼ cup freshly squeezed grapefruit juice
¼ cup freshly squeezed orange
juice ¼ cup freshly squeezed lime juice ¼ cup distilled white vinegar
¼ teaspoon freshly ground
black pepper ¼ teaspoon ground allspice
½ teaspoon coarse kosher or
sea salt, or more to taste 1 large red onion, thinly sliced (about 2 cups) 2
bay leaves
Char the chile by holding it
with tongs directly over the open flame of a gas burner, turning a few times,
until the skin is lightly charred, 3 to 6 minutes. (If you don’t have a gas
stove, you can do this under the broiler.) Slash open the chile.
In a large mixing bowl,
combine the citrus juices with the vinegar, black pepper, allspice, and salt,
and mix well. Add the red onion slices, bay leaves, and chile and toss to
combine.
Let the mixture sit at room
temperature for at least 2 hours and up to 6 hours. Transfer to a large glass
jar, cover tightly, and store in the refrigerator for up to 2 weeks.
PICKLED ANCHOS
Why didn’t I think of
these? I’ve long been in love with pickled (fresh) jalapeٌos, and I’ve
certainly spent enough time hydrating dried chile peppers. This recipe, from
chef David Suarez of Rosa Mexicano restaurant in Washington, D.C., combines
both ideas in one. They’re simple to make and last for up to 2 weeks in the
refrigerator. You’ll want to pull them out for anything that needs a sharp and
spicy touch: tacos and nachos, of course, but also on Three-Pepper
Pizza with Goat Cheese. Ancho chiles are easy to find, but if you have access to a
wider selection of chile peppers, try this recipe with moritas, which have a
unique fruity complexity.
Makes about ¾ cup
cups apple cider vinegar 2¾
cups sugar
3 ounces dried ancho chiles,
stemmed, seeded, and cut or torn
into 1-inch strips
Combine the vinegar and sugar
in a small saucepan. Bring to a boil over high heat, stirring until the sugar
has dissolved. Remove from the heat.
Add the ancho strips, making
sure they are submerged. Let them sit for at least 1 hour, or until the anchos
have softened. Drain them and use right away, or cover and refrigerate.
Note:After
draining the anchos for use or storage, save the pickling liquid and splash it
on salads with an equal amount of extra-virgin olive oil.
STORING AND USING EXTRA
INGREDIENTS
One of the most vexing
consequences of cooking for one is that sometimes, no matter how hard your
trusty recipe writer tries, he can’t avoid leftover ingredients. That means you
may come away from the recipe with, say, half an avocado or three-quarters of a
can of diced tomatoes. It’s not a problem with something like dried beans,
which store easily, but it can be for something perishable. I make up for
leftovers in most cases by calling for those ingredients in other recipes.
Here’s a cheat sheet to help you find other ways to use up those leftover
ingredients.
FRESH HERBS
If you can’t grow them
yourself, try to buy them from a farmers’ market, because they’ll last longer
than storebought. Store basil, mint, and parsley by treating them like cut
flowers: Strip off the bottom leaves, cut the stems at a diagonal, and place in
a glass of fresh water on your countertop, changing the water and cutting the
stems every day or two. Store more delicate herbs, such as cilantro, oregano,
thyme, and dill, by wrapping in a damp paper towel, enclosing in a perforated
plastic bag, and refrigerating for up to a week.
Use fresh basil in Pulled Pork
Sandwich with Green Mango Slaw, Corn Risotto with Roasted Cherry Tomatoes,
Smoky Pizza Margherita, Baked Egg in Fall Vegetables, and Farfalle with
Cantaloupe and Prosciutto.
Use fresh mint in Pulled Pork
Sandwich with Green Mango Slaw; Farro Salad with Chickpeas, Cherries, and
Pecans; Duck Breast Tacos with Plum Salsa; Mushroom and Green Garlic Frittata,
and Yogurt Parfait with Rhubarb-Ginger Sauce and Strawberries. Use fresh
parsley in Parsley Garlic Dressing, Roast Chicken Leg with Gremolata and Sunchokes,
and Spicy Glazed Mini Meatloaf.
Use fresh cilantro in
Yucatan-Style Slow-Roasted Pork, Pulled Pork Sandwich with Green Mango Slaw,
Duck Breast Tacos with Plum Salsa, Curried Shrimp on a Sweet Potato, Mahi Mahi
with Kiwi-Avocado Salsa and Coconut Rice, Cilantro Vinaigrette, Benedict
Rancheros, Pastoral Tacos, Cochinita Pibil Tacos with Habanero Salsa, Shrimp
Tacos with Grapefruit-Black Bean Salsa, Shrimp and Potato Chip Tortilla, Salsa
Verde, Catfish Tacos with Chipotle Slaw, Thai Fried Rice with Runny Egg, and
Black Bean Soup with Seared Scallops and Green Salsa.
Use fresh thyme in Herbed
Lemon Confit, Sweet Potato Soup Base, and Fall Vegetable Soup with White Beans.
HALF A LIME
Store it by wrapping it
tightly in plastic wrap and refrigerating for 4 to 5 days. Or juice it and
freeze the juice in ice cube trays, transfer the cubes to freezer-safe
heavy-duty plastic bags, and store in the freezer.
Use in Gingered Chicken
Sandwich with Avocado and Mango; Black Bean Soup with Seared Scallops and Green
Salsa; Thai Fried Rice with Runny Egg; Roasted Chile Relleno with
Avocado-Chipotle Sauce; Chickpea, Spinach, Feta, and Pepita Tacos; Duck Breast
Tacos with Plum Salsa; and Pulled Pork Sandwich with Green Mango Slaw.
ONE-QUARTER TO HALF AN
AVOCADO
Store by rubbing the exposed
flesh with a little olive oil, then wrapping tightly in plastic wrap, pressing
the wrap directly against the flesh of the avocado, and refrigerating for 3 to
4 days. Cut off any browned spots before using.
Use it in Gingered Chicken
Sandwich with Avocado and Mango; Black Bean Soup with Seared Scallops and Green
Salsa; Roasted Chile Relleno with Avocado-Chipotle Sauce; Chickpea, Spinach,
Feta, and Pepita Tacos; Mahi Mahi with Kiwi-Avocado Salsa and Coconut Rice, and
Avocado, Smoked Oyster, and Pistachio Bruschetta.
HALF A JALAPEرO CHILE
Store by drying it
thoroughly, wrapping it in plastic wrap, and refrigerating for 3 to 4 days.
Use it in Duck Breast Tacos
with Plum Salsa, Pastoral Tacos, Mahi Mahi with Kiwi-Avocado Salsa and Coconut
Rice, and Black Bean Soup with Seared Scallops and Green Salsa.
CELERY STALKS (FROM A BUNCH)
Store by wrapping the
remaining bunch in aluminum foil and refrigerating for up to 2 weeks. If you
need to recrisp celery, cut off one end and stick it in a glass of ice water
for a half hour.
Use it in Sweet Potato Soup
Base, Faux-lognese with Pappardelle, Spicy Black Bean Soup Base, or Home-Cooked
Beans.
PART OF A FENNEL BULB
Store by wrapping in a damp
paper towel, putting it in a perforated plastic bag, and refrigerating for up
to 1 week. It isn’t recommended that you freeze fresh fennel.
Use it in Fideos with
Sardines and Bread Crumbs; Smoked Trout, Potato, and Fennel Pizza; or Red
Pepper Chutney.
PART OF A CAN OF BLACK BEANS,
WHITE BEANS, OR CHICKPEAS
Store by draining, rinsing,
and transferring to an airtight plastic or glass container. Drizzle with a
little olive oil and refrigerate for up to 1 week. To freeze, skip the olive
oil step, but cover with water and freeze for several months.
Use the black beans in
Benedict Rancheros, Shrimp Tacos with Grapefruit-Black Bean Salsa, Peasant’s Bowl,
Ex-Texas Salad, or Roasted Chile Relleno with Avocado-Chipotle Sauce.
Use the white beans in Fall
Vegetable Soup with White Beans. Use the chickpeas in Farro Salad with
Chickpeas, Cherries, and Pecans; Chickpea, Spinach, Feta, and Pepita Tacos;
Sweet Potato Soup with Chorizo, Chickpeas, and Kale; and Tuna, Chickpea, and
Arugula Sandwich.
PART OF A CAN OF CRUSHED OR
DICED TOMATOES
Transfer the tomatoes with
their juices to an airtight plastic or glass container and refrigerate for up
to 1 week or freeze for several months.
Use the crushed tomatoes in
Benedict Rancheros, Fideos with Sardines and Bread Crumbs, Faux-lognese with
Pappardelle; Mushroom and
Speck Pizza, Thai Fried Rice with Runny Egg, or Chickpea, Spinach, Feta, and
Pepita Tacos.
Use the diced tomatoes in
Smoky Pizza Margheritaor Farro Salad with Chickpeas, Cherries, and Pecans.
PART OF A CAN OF COCONUT MILK
Store by transferring it to
an airtight plastic or glass container. Refrigerate for up to 1 week or freeze
in ice cube trays and then transfer to freezer-safe heavy-duty plastic bags and
freeze for several months. (It will separate when it thaws, but can be whisked
to recombine.)
Use it in Spicy Coconut
Sorbet, Coconut French Toast with Bananas Foster, and Curried Shrimp on a Sweet
Potato.
PART OF A CAN OF CHIPOTLE IN
ADOBO
Store by transferring it to
an airtight plastic or glass container. Refrigerate for up to 2 weeks or freeze
for several months.
Use it in Roasted Chile
Relleno with Avocado-Chipotle Sauce or Catfish Tacos with Chipotle Slaw.
PART OF A BOTTLE OF WINE
Store by removing as much air
as possible from the bottle (use a vacuum device, if possible) and refrigerate
for several days, or freeze in ice cube trays, transfer to heavy-duty
freezer-safe plastic bags, and freeze for several months.
Use white wine in Corn
Risotto with Roasted Cherry Tomatoesor Faux-lognese with Pappardelle, and use
white or red wine in Mulled Wine Syrup.
RةSERVATION
POUR UN
It’s a crisp, moonlit night
in the Marais, and stylish Parisians are streaming up and down the Rue Sainte
Croix de la Bretonnerie. I’m standing, paralyzed, outside the bright blue door
of friendly looking little restaurant.
Why on earth can’t I bring
myself to open it?
This is the first night of
my first trip to Paris, and I’ve come alone, excited to explore the food scene
on no one else’s itinerary but my own. I’ve already gobbled up an indulgent
lunch of Alsatian choucroute garnie, the smoked pork and cabbage dish, along
with beer at a bustling brasserie, and I’ve done so with nary a speck of
self-consciousness.
So why is this any
different? Why do I hesitate outside this homey place, staring in and pacing
the block instead of going inside?
Because this is not lunch.
It’s not a cafe where loners write in their journals or read their novels or
magazines, and it’s not a brasserie, loud with conviviality and
communal tables. This is
dinner, and I’m convinced that I’ll feel conspicuous. I come with neither
reservation nor companion, and I see neither free tables nor bar stools on
which to wait.
After 20 minutes, my hunger
bests my shyness, and I open the door, preparing for blank stares or even that
famous French rudeness. I get neither, even after fumbling en français through
“For one” and “No, I don’t have a reservation.” The smiling waiter leads me to
a table for two I hadn’t seen, next to another single diner I had also
overlooked. I’m not alone in my aloneness after all.
Dining solo in Paris,
especially at full-fledged restaurants, does require some guts, especially if
you’re American. A thick skin doesn’t hurt either, for those times when a lack
of experience with the culture or language leads to the kind of gaffe that’ll
cause even the politest serveur to roll his eyes.
Maybe it’s simply that when
you’re alone, without a book, newspaper, or conversation to occupy your eyes
and mind, you are more apt to notice such reactions, however well hidden. Take
my lunch at Au Pied de Cochon, the famous huge restaurant near Les Halles. As I
devoured one bracing, sweet-salty oyster after another, I deposited the shells
on a small plate on the
table. When it was full, a
waitress whisked it away—to make room for more shells, I figured. No such luck.
I watched as she emptied it at a station, muttered something, and laughed with
a coworker, nodding in my direction. She didn’t return the plate. I looked over
at the neighboring table, where diners were flicking their cigarettes into the
equivalent bowl. I had put my oyster shells into, yes, an ashtray.
A thick skin also comes in
handy when, inevitably, the service becomes slower for you than for the group
of four or six next to you. Attention follows money, understandably I suppose.
But that’s surely not unique to the City of Light.
At Le Divin, the Marais
restaurant where I had my first solo dinner, the waiter asked me to change
tables between my honey-rosemary lamb chops and my cheese plate so an entering
threesome could get a spot. He was gracious, as was I, but I doubt he would’ve
had the nerve to ask me to move if I had been part of a couple—American,
French, or other. There is power in numbers.
And at Bistrot de
L’Oulette, a sweet little place also in the Marais, I got plenty of attention
when the place was half empty, but once its eight tables were full, I felt as
transparent as the
champagne cocktail with which I started.
Since that first foray in
Paris, I’ve practiced my solo dining skills on many other travels, and I have
to admit, I’ve not only gotten used to it, but I’ve also often enjoyed it just
as much as eating out with friends. There was the time in Florence when I meant
to order a quartino of wine but accidentally got a bottle-sized carafe and felt
compelled to drink it all (out of politeness, of course). There was a bar in
Venice where I stood sipping espresso, munching on sandwiches, and trying out
my bumbling Italian on a policeman, and a homey little place in Puerto Rico
whose simple asopao I found so addictive I ate there three nights in a row,
something that never would’ve happened with companions.
Despite the rough spots, I
ended up becoming more comfortable dining alone while traveling than I ever
will be at home. In Paris, perhaps it was because I got the sense that the
French, more so than Americans, understand why someone would go out just for
the food, not the company. Perhaps it’s because I knew there was no risk of
running into anyone I knew—and suffering any pitying response or obligatory invitation
to join them.
Or perhaps I just didn’t
understand what my hosts were really saying about that lone man moaning over
his cassoulet and speaking French about as well as a newborn. A year of cooking
school may have taught me the difference between canard and quenelles, but in
conversations worthy of David Sedaris’s book Me Talk Pretty One Day, I appear
to have asked dozens of people, “Do you speak an English woman?” And they
didn’t even guffaw. Or if they did, I had no idea, because I’m not sure what a
guffaw sounds like in French.
CHAPTER 2
EGGS
As long as I have eggs, I’m
set. Unlike so many other sources of protein, eggs last for weeks in the
refrigerator, cook quickly, and come in that perfect portion-controlled
package. For a solo cook especially, it’s hard not to think of an egg as the
perfect food.
I know what you’re
thinking: What about the cholesterol? Well, plenty of nutritionists think eggs
have gotten a bad rap on that count, and they are reminding people that other
nutrients in eggs may help lower the risk of heart disease. The consensus seems
to be that an egg a day doesn’t increase heart disease risk for healthy people
and can be part of a nutritious diet.
I’ve never had better eggs
than those from my sister’s chickens in southern Maine, where they eat an
allorganic diet. Perhaps it’s just the placebo effect from knowing that they’re
backyard-fresh, but those eggs seem creamier and more vibrant tasting, and the
yolks stand up high when I fry them. At home, I try to buy eggs only from the
farmers’ market, partly because of
that freshness, but also
because I’d rather not support the horrors of industrial poultry.
The funny thing is, I don’t
tend to eat eggs for breakfast (for me, that’s usually a bowl of yogurt and
granola). But breakfast for dinner? Bring it on.
BENEDICT RANCHEROS
I love a good corn muffin,
and nobody makes one better than Loic Feillet of Panorama Baking in Alexandria,
Virginia. The muffin is so good, in fact—moist and studded with chewy little
bits of corn— that as soon as I tasted it, I knew I’d incorporate it into an
egg dish. The muffin reminded me of an artisanal English muffin, and I just
happened to be working on a Mexican variation of eggs Benedict. How perfect!
The corn muffin would replace the traditional corn tortilla in huevos
rancheros, and I’d poach instead of fry the eggs. Immediately, I had a dish
worthy of the muffin, but best of all, even a lesser muffin tastes great when
capped off with these ingredients.
jalapeٌo chile
1 teaspoon extra-virgin olive
oil 1 small shallot lobe, chopped 1 clove garlic, chopped
1 poblano chile, stemmed,
seeded, and chopped ½ teaspoon ground cumin
1 cup canned crushed tomatoes
in their juices ½ cup water, plus more as needed
2 eggs
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly cracked black pepper
tablespoon finely chopped
fresh cilantro leaves ¼ cup cooked black beans, preferably homemade,
rinsed and
drained
¼ cup black bean cooking
liquid (or water if canned), plus more
as needed
1 corn muffin or square of
cornbread
Remove the stem from the
jalapeٌo and cut in half lengthwise. Scrape out and reserve the seeds, then
finely chop the flesh.
Pour the oil into a medium
skillet over medium heat. When the oil starts to shimmer, add the shallot,
garlic, poblano, jalapeٌo flesh, and cumin and cook, stirring occasionally,
until the vegetables are tender, 4 to 6 minutes. Add the tomatoes and water and
bring to a boil. Decrease the heat to low and let the mixture gently simmer
until it has thickened to a saucelike consistency, 5 to 10 minutes.
Meanwhile, poach the eggs,
keeping them warm by transferring them once they’re poached properly to a bowl
of 120°F water.
Taste the sauce and add more
water, if desired. Season with salt and pepper. If it’s not spicy enough, add
some of the reserved jalapeٌo seeds until you reach the desired level of heat.
Refrigerate or freeze half of the sauce for another use. Stir the cilantro into
the remaining sauce, cover, and remove from the heat.
Pour the beans and their
cooking liquid into another small, preferably nonstick skillet set over medium
heat. Use a potato masher or a large fork to mash the beans, and let them cook
until thickened, 3 to 4 minutes. Add a little liquid if necessary to keep them
spreadable, and remove from the heat.
Cut off the domed top of the
corn muffin, then cut the muffin in half horizontally. Toast the muffin halves
under the broiler or in a toaster oven until golden brown on the cut side.
Transfer
the muffins to a plate, cut side up. Spread half the beans on top of each
muffin; top with a poached egg and the ranchero sauce. Crumble the reserved
muffin top over the sauce, and eat.
Note:This recipe
makes twice as much sauce as you need. Before adding the cilantro, refrigerate
half of it in an airtight container for up to 1 week or freeze for several
months, and use the extra sauce for more Benedict Rancheros another time, on
quesadillas or nachos, or whisked with oil and vinegar for a salad dressing.
LOW, SLOW, AND CUSTARDY EGGS
This is a recipe for those
of us who are so reverent toward farmfresh eggs that we’ll stand at the stove
for almost a half hour, stirring them like a fine risotto. It seems crazy as
you’re doing it, especially since nothing seems to happen for the first 15
minutes or so, but your perseverance will be rewarded with eggs that have a
texture beyond compare, unless you’re comparing it to, say, lemon curd, one of
the most luxuriously textured foods I know. I refer to eggs done this way as a
reverse custard, with more eggs than cream instead of vice versa. I call for
the Red Pepper Chutney as an accompaniment, but this is such a
fabulous way to make eggs, you can combine them with bacon for something even
more basic, or you can add any manner of seasonal vegetables, lightly steamed
or, better yet, sautéed in butter. If, unlike me, you can’t imagine spending
this much time on eggs for one, invite a few friends over for brunch, multiply
this by four, and try it out on them. You’ll see.
eggs
2 tablespoons whole milk or
half-and-half Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper 1
teaspoon unsalted butter 1 slice rustic bread, toasted
¼ cup Red Pepper Chutney
In a small bowl, whisk
together the eggs and milk; season with salt and pepper.
Assemble a double boiler,
with a couple inches of water in the bottom section, over medium heat. (Don’t
worry if you don’t have a true double boiler; just set a small saucepan with a
couple inches of water in it over medium heat and fit a stainless steel bowl
that’s just slightly larger than the saucepan on top, so that it’s airtight.
Make sure the bottom of the bowl isn’t touching the water.)
When the water in the bottom
section of the doubleboiler assembly comes to a boil, decrease the heat until
the water is just simmering. Add the butter to the top section and let it melt.
Pour in the eggs and cook, stirring constantly and slowly with a heatproof
spatula, scraping the bottom and sides of the bowl as you stir, until the eggs
thicken and form a single large, very soft curd. This will take as long as 20
to 30 minutes; be patient.
When the eggs are very softly
set to your liking, lay the toast on to a plate, spoon the eggs on top, top
with the chutney, and eat.
THE POACHED EGG
A perfectly poached egg is a
beautiful thing, but how do you avoid all those wispy strands that make the egg
so stringy and unsightly? There seem to be as many techniques as there are
cooks: Some say it’s about adding vinegar, but I don’t like the taste) that
results. Others say it’s in the swirling of the water, which helps the egg set
quickly and hold its shape.
The culprit behind those
wisps is that outer layer of runny albumen. Julia Child dealt with it by first
pricking a tiny hole in one end of the egg, then blanching the egg for 15
seconds before cooling, cracking it open, and then poaching. The idea is that
the in-the-shell blanching step pre-cooks the thinnest layer of white, leaving
the thicker white and yolk unaffected.
Leave it to eminent food
scientist Harold McGee to come up with an easier way. Why not just strain out
that thin layer of white at the outset? I heard about this from fellow food
writer Janet Zimmerman. As soon as I tried it, I knew I was hooked.
THE TECHNIQUE:
1. Line a plate with paper
towels.
2. Bring several inches of
heavily salted water to a boil in
a large sauté pan. Decrease the heat slightly so that
the water is bubbling gently
but not boiling.
3. Crack the egg into a small
dish or ramekin, then pour
it into a large slotted spoon held over a small bowl.
Swirl the egg around in the spoon so that the thinnest white dribbles between
the holes and into the bowl.
4. Tip the egg from the spoon
into the bubbling water.
Cook it until the white is set but the yolk still
wobbles when you press it, 3 to 4 minutes. Use the slotted spoon to transfer
the egg to the plate lined with a paper towel. If you want to keep the egg warm
for up to 20 minutes or so, transfer it instead to a bowl of very warm
(120-degree) water.
THE HARD-COOKED EGG
Like many cooks, I’ve had
many breakthroughs in hardcooking eggs over the years and have come to a method
(or should I say, collection of methods) that works well even with the freshest
eggs, which are notoriously difficult to peel.
One breakthrough was the
realization, encouraged by my former colleague Sheryl Julian at The Boston
Globe, that the phrase “hard-boiled” should be banned, because that’s the worst
way to treat an egg. Lowering the heat to a simmer results in less-rubbery
whites. Some cooks even like to leave the eggs sitting in water that’s just
come off the boil and is off
the heat, which also works if
you have an extra 10 or 15 minutes. Another discovery, thanks to Tim Ferriss of
The 4Hour Workweek, was that a little baking soda in the cooling water makes
peeling a breeze.
HERE’S WHAT I DO:
1. Bring several inches of
water to a boil in a small
saucepan. Decrease the heat to low or medium-low so
that the water is gently simmering. Use an egg pricker or thumbtack to make a
tiny hole in the rounder end of a large fresh egg, just barely through the
shell. Use a slotted spoon to carefully lower the egg into the simmering water.
2.
Cook the egg for 9 minutes. While it is cooking, pour 4 cups of cold water into
a small bowl, stir in ½ teaspoon baking soda, and add 1 to 2 cups ice.
3. When the egg is finished
cooking, remove it with the
slotted spoon and transfer it to the ice water. Let
it sit in the water for about 30 seconds. As soon as it’s cool enough to
handle, reach in and remove it with one hand. Quickly but gently crack it all
over against the countertop, then peel off a little from the round end and
return the egg to the water. After another minute or two, remove the egg and
easily slip off the peel.
MUSHROOM AND GREEN GARLIC
FRITTATA
I spend a bundle on
mushrooms from a bountiful display at the Dupont Circle FreshFarm Market just
about every Sunday—but not in the summer. That’s because mushrooms are
available practically year-round (many of them are cultivated), while tomatoes,
corn, broccoli, and the like have a shorter season. So I reserve my mushroom
purchases for when the bulk of the other seasonal produce has faded or hasn’t
quite arrived. In the spring, I love to combine them with one of the items I
spend all winter looking forward to: green garlic, basically an immature form
of the plant, picked before it has fully formed its bulbous collection of
cloves. You can use the whole thing like a leek or green onion (both of them in
the same family), but it has the addictive taste of fresh, pungent garlic
throughout. Since I also associate spring with eggs, I like to pair them with
mushrooms and green garlic in a simple frittata. If you can’t find green garlic
or want to make this in another season, feel free to substitute a small leek.
Eat this frittata with a side dish, such as salad, bread, and/or hash browns,
for a filling meal.
eggs
1 tablespoon Greek-style
yogurt Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
teaspoon extra-virgin olive
oil
2 ounces cremini, button, or
other mushroom of your choice,
chopped (about ½ cup)
1 green garlic bulb and
stalk, white and light green parts, thinly
sliced
1 teaspoon unsalted butter
1 tablespoon freshly grated
Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese 4 large mint leaves, stacked, rolled, and thinly
sliced
Preheat the broiler with the
rack about 4 to 5 inches from the flame or element.
In a small bowl, whisk
together the eggs and yogurt; season with salt and pepper.
In a small ovenproof skillet,
such as cast iron, heat the olive oil over medium heat. When it shimmers, add
the mushrooms and green garlic. Cook, stirring occasionally, until the
mushrooms exude their juices and the green garlic is tender and starts to
brown, 4 to 5 minutes. Transfer the mushrooms and green garlic to a plate.
Plop the butter into the
skillet and let it melt and foam up. As soon as the foam starts to subside,
pour in the eggs and swirl the pan so the eggs reach the edges. Let the eggs
cook, undisturbed, until they are set on the bottom, about 2 minutes. Scatter
the mushrooms, green garlic, and Parmigiano-Reggiano on top and transfer to the
broiler.
Broil for just a minute or
two, until the surface of the frittata is set. Remove, transfer to a plate,
sprinkle with the mint, and eat.
BAKED EGG IN FALL VEGETABLES
The payoff for having made
the Stewed Cauliflower, Butternut Squash, and Tomatoes, beyond
that first bowl of pasta I hope you had with it, is that you can use it for
quick treatments such as this one. With its runny yolk enriching the
vegetables, it’s a satisfying breakfast dish on its own, or it can morph into a
brunch or breakfast-for-dinner dish with the addition of crusty bread and a
side salad.
teaspoon unsalted butter, at
room temperature 2⁄3 cup Stewed Cauliflower, Butternut Squash, and
Tomatoes,
cold
1 egg
Kosher or sea salt
1 tablespoon dried bread
crumbs 3 large basil leaves, finely chopped
1 tablespoon freshly grated
Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese
Preheat the oven to 375°F.
Coat the inside of a large (8-ounce) ramekin with the butter.
Add 1⁄3 cup of the vegetables
to the ramekin and make a well in the center of the vegetables with a teaspoon.
Carefully break the
egg into the well, season
with salt, and top with the remaining 1⁄3 cup stewed vegetables.
Mix the bread crumbs with the
basil and sprinkle evenly on top of the vegetables; sprinkle the cheese on top.
Bake for 20 to 25 minutes,
until the topping is browned and crisp, and when you use a spoon to gently lift
some of the vegetables from the top to uncover the egg, you can see that the
white is cooked through but the yolk is still runny.
Let cool for a few minutes,
then eat with a spoon.
SWISS CHARD, BACON, AND GOAT
CHEESE
OMELET
Try as I might, I just
couldn’t leave the bacon out of this omelet. Obviously, nothing goes better
with eggs. But beyond that, bacon gives the slightly bitter chard an addictive
smoky and, well, meaty flavor, while the goat cheese offsets it all with a tart
creaminess. The result: a hearty, one-dish meal.
eggs
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper 2
or 3 Swiss chard leaves
1 slice bacon, cut into
¼-inch slices 1 small shallot lobe, thinly sliced 1 teaspoon extra-virgin olive
oil
1 ounce soft goat cheese, cut
into small pieces
In a small bowl, whisk the
eggs to combine and season generously with salt and pepper.
Remove the Swiss chard leaves
from the stems, and discard the stems or save them for another use. Stack the
leaves, roll, and thinly slice. (You should have about ½ cup lightly packed
leaves.)
Set a small skillet,
well-seasoned cast iron or nonstick, over medium heat, and scatter the bacon
and shallot in the pan. Cook, stirring occasionally, until the bacon is crisp
and the shallot slices are lightly browned and tender, 3 or 4 minutes. Add the
Swiss chard and cook until the chard is wilted and shrunk, stirring
occasionally, another few minutes. Transfer the chard-bacon mixture to a plate.
Return the pan to medium heat
and pour in the olive oil. When it shimmers, pour in the eggs, swirling and
tilting the pan so that the eggs fill the pan. Let the eggs cook undisturbed
until the bottom is just set, 1 to 2 minutes. With a spatula, carefully lift
one edge of the eggs and tilt the pan so that the loose eggs run underneath.
Scatter the chard-bacon
mixture on one side of the omelet and top with the goat cheese. Use a spatula
to quickly lift the omelet from the other side and fold it over.
Transfer the omelet to a
plate, and eat.
SHRIMP AND POTATO CHIP
TORTILLA
I don’t make a habit of
having potato chips in the house, because I really don’t have much self-control
around them. But when I read in Anya von Bremzen’s go-to cookbook, The New
Spanish Table, that chef-genius Ferran Adrià makes a tortilla de patatas (that
glorious traditional Spanish omelet) with potato chips, I was tempted to buy
some. That same year, 2005, my friend, chef José Andrés, a protégé of Adrià’s,
also included a potato-chip tortilla recipe in his energetic book, Tapas: A
Taste of Spain in America, so the decision was obvious. It turns out that this
humblest of dishes, one of my favorites when I traveled in Spain, was perfectly
easy to scale down to singleserving size. To justify its place on my dinner
table, though, I added shrimp to make it a meal. Eat with a green salad or
other crisp vegetables on the side. If desired, spoon some Red Pepper
Chutneyon top.
eggs
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
¼ teaspoon pimenton (smoked
Spanish paprika) 1 (1-ounce) bag potato chips, preferably kettle-cooked and
lightly salted
4 teaspoons extra-virgin
olive oil, plus more as needed 1 medium shallot lobe, thinly sliced
Leaves from 4 or 5 sprigs
cilantro, chopped
4 or 5 medium shrimp (about 2
ounces), peeled, deveined, and
halved crosswise
In a small bowl, whisk
together the eggs, a light sprinkling of salt and pepper, and the pimenton.
Lightly crush the potato
chips in the bag. Stir them into the eggs and let the mixture sit until the
potato chips are soft, 5 to 10 minutes.
Pour 2 teaspoons of the oil
into a very small skillet over medium heat. When the oil starts to shimmer, add
the shallot. Cook, stirring occasionally, until the shallot is soft and starts
to brown, 3 to 4 minutes. Use a slotted spoon to transfer the shallot to a plate
to cool.
When cool, stir the shallot
into the egg mixture. Stir in the cilantro and shrimp until thoroughly
combined.
With the skillet still over
medium heat, pour in the remaining 2 teaspoons oil. When it starts to shimmer,
pour in the tortilla mixture. Let it cook undisturbed for a minute or two, then
shake the pan back and forth and run a thin spatula around the edges of the
tortilla. If there is loose, runny egg, lift an edge of the tortilla with the
spatula and tilt the pan to let the liquid egg run underneath. Cook until the
top of the tortilla is still wet but no longer a runny liquid, 3 to 5 minutes
or longer, depending on the
size of the pan. Run the
spatula around the edges of the tortilla and then all the way underneath it to
make sure the bottom is not sticking.
If your spatula is large
enough, use it to flip the tortilla in the pan. Alternatively, take a plate
slightly larger than the skillet, and invert it on top of the skillet. Using
oven mitts, grab both sides of the skillet, also holding the plate, and quickly
and decisively turn both skillet and plate upside down, inverting the tortilla
onto the plate and removing the skillet.
If the skillet looks dry, add
another teaspoon or so of olive oil, and when it starts to shimmer, slide the
tortilla back into the skillet, uncooked side down. Shake the skillet to
straighten the tortilla, decrease the heat to low, and continue cooking until a
skewer inserted into the center comes out dry, 2 to 3 minutes.
Invert the tortilla onto a
plate again, let it cool for a few minutes, and eat.
Note:If you don’t
have a very small skillet, this will still work; it won’t be as thick as a
Spanish tortilla and will instead be closer to a frittata.
PUFFY DUCK EGG FRITTATA WITH
SMOKED
SALMON
I’ll admit to a tendency
toward obsession, especially when it comes to food, as my experience with duck
eggs proves. I bought my first dozen a few years ago at the Saturday farmers’
market at 14th and U Streets in Washington, D.C., and from the first time I fried
one, I was pretty much hooked, buying duck eggs and only duck eggs and going
through a dozen every week or two, at least while the ducks were laying. I’ve
since veered back toward moderation, especially after remembering that these
richer, more flavorful eggs are also higher in saturated fat and much higher in
cholesterol. Still, I like to splurge every now and then, and this puffy
frittata is one of my favorite ways. It also illustrates the magical properties
of egg whites as a leavener; the simple process of separating whites from
yolks, beating the whites to the softpeak stage, and folding the two together
results in a light-as-air texture, something between a frittata and a soufflé.
Nonetheless, you can use these same ingredients in a more straightforward
frittata; instead of separating the eggs, just follow the method for the Mushroom and
Green Garlic Frittata. And if you can’t find duck eggs, chicken eggs work fine here,
too.
large duck eggs, separated
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper 1
tablespoon unsalted butter
ounces smoked salmon, cut
into thin ribbons or chunks (about
1⁄3 cup)
1 tablespoon fresh chives,
cut into ½-inch pieces 1 to 2 tablespoons Greek-style yogurt
Preheat the broiler with the
rack set about 4 to 5 inches from the flame or element.
Using a handheld or stand
mixer fitted with the whisk attachment on high speed, beat the egg whites for
several minutes until they foam, thicken, and make soft peaks when you turn off
the mixer and lift the beaters.
In a separate bowl, whisk the
yolks with a fork to break them up, and season generously with salt and pepper.
Add a third of the egg whites to the egg yolks, stirring to lighten and
combine, then gently fold the remaining egg whites into the egg yolks, being
careful not to overmix and deflate the whites.
Set a small ovenproof skillet
over medium heat. Add the butter, swirling to coat the pan and letting the
butter melt and foam up. As soon as the foam starts to subside, pour in the egg
mixture, tilting the pan to make sure the egg covers the bottom. Let it cook
undisturbed until the bottom is just set, approximately 1 to 2 minutes.
Quickly scatter the salmon on
top of the eggs and sprinkle with the chives. Transfer the skillet to the broiler
and let the eggs cook
until the surface has set, 1
to 2 minutes.
Transfer to a plate, top with
dollops of the yogurt, and eat.
CHAPTER 3
SWEET POTATOES, BEANS AND
OTHER VEGGIES
Like many a health- and
earth-conscious eater, I’m trying to put vegetables closer to the center of my
diet, cooking more vegetarian (or at least plant-focused) dishes throughout the
week. It can require a little more planning, because most produce doesn’t
freeze as well as meat, poultry, and even some seafood does, but it’s worth the
effort.
At the top of the list of
my favorites is the humble sweet potato. On many a night, in fact, my
just-home-fromwork drill goes like this: Drop bag, turn on oven, put in sweet
potato, take dog to park, return, remove sweet potato, slash, squeeze, season,
eat. Time was, I ate them with a salad and/or piece of protein on the side,
until I started concocting special toppings just for them.
Running a close second are
beans: black beans and chickpeas, particularly, but also pinto beans,
cannellini, and others, most of the time cooked from dried, and often used in
other dishes or as the base of soups.
With both those items
lasting so long in my pantry, I can save my refrigerator for the more delicate
fresh produce that makes it home with me every week from one of the nearby
farmers’ markets or, in season, from my little community-garden plot.
SHOPPING
Grocery stores have
traditionally been pretty inhospitable places for single cooks, but the
landscape is changing. Realizing the buying power of more than 31 million
Americans, some savvy stores, particularly in urban areas, are getting wise to
the fact that some of us just want to buy a few broccoli florets, a half-dozen
eggs, even a half-bottle of wine.
In the produce aisle, though,
celery seems to be one of the last holdouts. When have you seen a recipe call
for more than just a stalk or two (and that’s for dishes that serve four)? And
when have you seen it sold in a supermarket in anything less than a large
bunch—or perhaps a package of several celery hearts? It’s no wonder smart cooks
have long scoured stores’ salad bars for smaller amounts of such items,
realizing that a higher by-the-pound price for something already chopped is
compensated by the fact that you buy what you plan to use—no more, no less.
Sometimes I think I should
start up a single-cook’s buying club, where we go to the store to shop in
groups and then carve up items like heads of cauliflower, bunches of celery,
clamshell packs of herbs, and family packs of pork chops right there in the
parking lot. Until I get that going, though, here are some things to keep in
mind.
. If you want something in a
smaller quantity, ask for it
to be divided. That’s the only way the store will
know that you and other single cooks have unique needs, and the only way
they’ll start paying attention. Ask the butcher to cut the 6-pound pork
shoulder in half, tell the cheesemonger you want just 2 or 3 ounces of that
aged gouda, plead with the bread counter to cut off a hunk of that sourdough
boule. Harangue the produce guy about why the celery is sold by the bunch and
not the pound, and maybe he’ll let you treat it like the bananas and pull off a
stalk or two.
2. Think about what freezes
well and what doesn’t, and
recognize the fine line between convenient and
indulgent. I’m thinking of meats here. Many stores now sell chicken, pork, and
beef in the form of pounded-out cutlets, which are sized just right for the
single chef and cook in a flash. But they can cost 30 percent more than whole
breasts and boneless chops, which you can easily pound out yourself, wrap in
plastic wrap, and freeze individually.
3. It may sound obvious, but
look for smaller versions (or
relatives) of your favorite produce. Unless I’m
cooking a larger quantity of something, I gravitate toward shallots over
onions, for instance. That helps me avoid the problem of having a leftover
onion half. Buy small
new potatoes rather than huge
Idahos, and baby bok choy over the full-size version.
4. Patronize your local
farmers’ market. Farmers sell
many more varieties of produce and at different
stages of life, meaning you’re much more likely to see small versions of
melons, squashes, tomatoes, and more. Better yet, you can almost always buy as
little of something as you’d like, because so many farmers sell by the pound
rather than the bunch. Even if they don’t, the personal relationships that the
market atmosphere facilitates means they’re more likely to make an exception
once you start a conversation going.
5. Grow your own. Even if you
don’t have garden space,
grow pots of herbs on your windowsill that you can
clip from as needed.
SWEET POTATO SOUP BASE
I got the idea from Lidia
Bastianich to make soup bases that pack a lot of flavor on the weekend, then
freeze them and thaw them as needed, adding various ingredients on the fly to
take them in different directions. I like to concentrate the base, which saves
freezer space, and then thin it out when I make a finished soup. Before you
thin it out (and jazz it up) for the final soup, this base may remind you of a
certain fluffy Thanksgiving side dish (minus the mini-marshmallows,
thankfully), but there are some key differences. Besides the lack of cream or
sugar, the most important one is the cooking method: Rather than boiling peeled
cubes of sweet potato, I like to roast them, concentrating the complex flavor,
which is highlighted by subtle hints of thyme and curry. This makes an
especially vibrant backdrop to such treatments as Sweet Potato
Soup with Chorizo, Chickpeas, and Kale. There are many other
possibilities. You can sprinkle ground chipotle or pimenton (smoked Spanish
paprika) for heat and/or smoke, or add toasted pecans, yogurt (or sour cream or
crème fraîche), and other sausages or cured meats.
Makes about 4 cups
(10- to 12-ounce) sweet
potatoes 2 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil
carrots, peeled and thinly
sliced 1 celery stalk, thinly sliced
1 small leek, white and pale
greens, thinly sliced 2 sprigs thyme
Kosher or sea salt Pinch of
curry powder
2 cups light chicken or
vegetable stock, warmed
Preheat the oven to 425°F.
Use a fork or sharp knife to
prick the sweet potatoes in several places. Place on a piece of aluminum foil
and bake until the sweet potatoes are tender and can be easily squeezed, 60 to
75 minutes. (Alternatively, to speed up the process, microwave the pricked
sweet potatoes on High for 1 minute, then carefully transfer to the oven on a
piece of foil. Bake until the potatoes are tender, 30 to 45 minutes.)
Pour the oil into a 3-quart
saucepan over medium heat. When it starts to shimmer, add the carrots, celery,
leek, thyme, and a pinch of salt. Stir to combine well, then decrease the heat
to low, cover the pot, and allow the vegetables to sweat in their own juices
until very soft, 10 to 15 minutes. (Take care not to allow the vegetables to
burn.)
Scrape into the saucepan the
soft flesh from the roasted sweet potatoes, add the curry powder, and stir to
combine, mashing the sweet potato flesh with a spoon. The mixture will be
chunky. Stir in
the stock and combine well.
Bring the mixture to a boil, then decrease the heat so the mixture gently
simmers, and cook, covered but with the lid slightly ajar, for about 15 minutes
to let the flavors meld. Allow the mixture to cool slightly, then remove and
discard the thyme.
Use a handheld immersion
blender to puree the soup base, which will be very thick. (Alternatively, you
can puree it in a blender or food processor. If using a blender, be sure to
remove the center cap on the lid and cover with a dish towel to let steam
escape, and work in small batches to avoid splattering the soup.) Taste and add
salt if needed.
Let the soup base cool to
room temperature. Divide it into 4 portions and use immediately, refrigerate
for up to 2 weeks, or freeze in small containers or heavy-duty freezer-safe
resealable plastic bags, pressing as much air out of the bag as possible before
sealing. It will keep frozen for several months.
SWEET POTATO SOUP WITH
CHORIZO
CHICKPEAS, AND KALE
Turn the Sweet Potato Soup
Base into a meal with spicy chorizo, hearty chickpeas, and vibrant green kale.
This makes a truly beautiful bowl of soup. If you’d rather keep this soup
vegetarian, try the grain-based chorizo substitute from Field Roast, one of the
first meat substitutes I’ve actually liked. It’s available in natural food
stores in almost every state and through www.fieldroast.com.
cup Sweet Potato
Soup Base, defrosted if frozen ½ to ¾ cup water or vegetable stock
1 (3- or 4-ounce) link fresh
Mexican chorizo
1⁄3 cup cooked chickpeas,
preferably homemade, rinsed and
drained
4 or 5 leaves Tuscan kale (sometimes called black, dinosaur, or
lacinato
kale), stripped from the stem and torn into bite-size pieces
Pour the soup base into a
small saucepan over medium heat. Whisk in ½ cup of the water and cook until the
soup is bubbling hot, 3 to 4 minutes. Add more water if you want the soup
thinner. Reduce the heat to low, cover, and keep it hot.
Heat a medium skillet over
medium-high heat. Slice through the chorizo casing and squeeze the sausage into
the skillet. Cook, breaking it up with a spoon, until the chorizo’s fat starts
to melt, 1 to 2 minutes. Add the chickpeas and cook until the chorizo and
chickpeas brown, 4 to 6
minutes. Add the kale and stir-fry until the kale wilts slightly and brightens
in color, 1 to 2 minutes.
Pour the soup base into a
soup bowl, top with the chorizo mixture, and eat.
SWEET POTATO AND ORANGE SOUP
WITH
SMOKY PECANS
This elegant soup has a
depth of flavor, brightened by orange and layered with smoked paprika, that
would make it right at home as a dinner party starter. For yourself, pair it
with a side salad and a big piece of crusty bread, and it’s dinner tonight,
while you plan the party for another day.
cup Sweet Potato
Soup Base, defrosted if frozen ¼ cup freshly squeezed orange juice
¼ cup water or vegetable
stock, plus more as needed Kosher or sea salt
2 tablespoons pecan halves 1
tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil
½ teaspoon pimenton (smoked
Spanish paprika) or ground
chipotle chile
2 tablespoons crème fraîche
or sour cream, whisked until
smooth
Finely grated zest of 1
orange
Pour the soup base into a
small saucepan over medium heat. Whisk in the orange juice and water, adding
more water if you want a thinner consistency. Cook until the soup is bubbling
hot, 3
to 4 minutes. Taste and add
salt if needed. Decrease the heat to low, cover, and keep it hot.
Heat a small skillet over
medium-high heat. Add the pecans and cook, stirring occasionally, until they
are fragrant and start to darken, 2 to 3 minutes. Pour in the oil, stir in the
pimenton, and cook for another 30 seconds to dissolve the spice. Use a
heatproof spatula to scrape the spiced oil and pecans into a small bowl.
Pour the soup into a serving
bowl, dollop the crème fraîche in the middle, and top with the pecans and
spiced oil. Sprinkle the orange zest on top, and eat.
MISO PORK ON A SWEET POTATO
When I visited Tokyo and
Kyoto with my friend Devra a couple years back, I didn’t want to leave. I would
say it was the beautiful aesthetic, the attention to design and style, the
amazingly efficient trains, but really, of course, it was the food. I was
especially excited when I learned how much the Japanese revere the sweet
potato, one of my all-time favorite foods. In season (fall and winter), street
vendors hawk stone-roasted ones— paler-fleshed and sweeter than ours. Famous
cookbook author Harumi Kurihara showed me how she loves to mash miso into
roasted sweet potatoes, so when I returned home, I knew that even the
orange-fleshed varieties here would take beautifully to Japanese flavors. For a
kick of bitterness that nicely offsets the earthy miso, use broccoli rabe
instead of the broccolini.
small sweet potato (about 6
ounces) 2 teaspoons extra-virgin olive oil 3 ounces lean ground pork
4 or 5 stalks (6 ounces)
broccolini (or substitute broccoli rabe),
cut into ¾-inch pieces
1 tablespoon white miso
2 tablespoons water, plus
more as needed
1 scallion, white and green
parts, thinly sliced on the diagonal
Asian-style hot sauce, such
as Sriracha sauce, for drizzling
(optional)
Preheat the oven to 425°F.
Use a fork or sharp knife to
prick the sweet potato in several places. Place on a piece of aluminum foil and
bake until the sweet potato is tender and can be easily squeezed, 40 to 60
minutes. (Alternatively, to speed up the process, the pricked sweet potato can
be microwaved on High for 1 minute, then carefully transferred to the oven on a
piece of foil. Bake until the potato is tender, 25 to 35 minutes.)
Meanwhile, pour the oil into
a medium skillet over medium-high heat. Add the pork and stir-fry until no
traces of pink remain and the pork starts to exude juices, about 5 minutes,
breaking up any large clumps as you cook. Add the broccolini and stir-fry until
the vegetables are barely tender and retain some crunch, 3 to 4 minutes. Add
the miso and water; cook, stirring, for 1 minute or so, until a sauce forms. If
the mixture seems dry, add up to a few more tablespoons of water, stirring to
combine.
When the sweet potato has
finished baking, place it on a serving plate. Use a knife to slash open the
sweet potato, then spoon the miso-pork mixture on top. Sprinkle with the
scallion, drizzle with a little Sriracha, and eat while it’s hot.
Note:You can
roast more than one sweet potato at a time and keep it, wrapped in aluminum
foil or plastic, in the refrigerator for up to 1 week before reheating it in a
low oven or in the microwave while you make the topping. If you can’t find a
sweet potato this small, feel free to roast one twice the size (it will take
longer, obviously), and just cut it in half.
CURRIED SHRIMP ON A SWEET
POTATO
This potato topper was
inspired by Polynesian and Southeast Asian combinations of shrimp and mashed
sweet potatoes. A goodquality Indian curry powder can be substituted for the
Thai curry paste.
small sweet potato (about 6
ounces) 2 teaspoons extra-virgin olive oil
½-inch piece fresh ginger,
peeled and thinly sliced ¼ medium red bell pepper, cut into very thin strips
(about ¼ cup
total)
1 teaspoon Thai red curry
paste (or substitute good-quality
Indian curry powder)
3 tablespoons coconut milk
4 ounces any size shrimp,
peeled, deveined, and cut into ½-inch
pieces
Kosher or sea salt
Finely chopped fresh cilantro
leaves
Preheat the oven to 425°F.
Use a fork or sharp knife to
prick the sweet potato in several places. Place on a piece of aluminum foil and
bake until the sweet
potato is tender and can be
easily squeezed, 40 to 60 minutes. (Alternatively, to speed up the process, the
pricked sweet potato can be microwaved on High for 1 minute, then carefully
transferred to the oven on a piece of foil. Bake until the potato is tender, 25
to 35 minutes.)
Meanwhile, heat the oil in a
small heavy skillet over medium heat. When the oil shimmers, toss in the ginger
and sauté until it becomes very fragrant and starts to soften, 2 to 3 minutes.
Add the bell pepper and cook just until the strips lose their crunch, 2 to 4
minutes. Decrease the heat to medium-low and add the curry paste and coconut
milk, stirring to thoroughly combine. Add the shrimp and stir to incorporate.
Cook just until the shrimp are firm and opaque, 1 to 2 minutes. Season with
salt to taste; remove from the heat.
When the sweet potato has
finished baking, place it on a serving plate. Slash it open with a sharp knife.
Spoon on the shrimp mixture, sprinkle with the cilantro, and eat.
Note:Feel free to
roast more than one sweet potato at a time and keep it, wrapped in aluminum
foil or plastic, in the refrigerator for up to 1 week before reheating in a low
oven or in the microwave while you make the topping. If you can’t find a sweet
potato this small, roast one twice the size (it will take longer, obviously),
and cut it in half before topping.
HOME-COOKED BEANS
Beans certainly hold up
better in the industrial canning process than many other vegetables, but there
are still many good reasons to cook your own, not the least of which is the
fact that so many canned varieties come packed with way more sodium than you need.
Here’s my adaptation of
bean maven Steve Sando’s basic stovetop method for cooking beans. If you have a
pressure cooker or a slow cooker, feel free to experiment with it. This recipe
gives the beans a relatively neutral seasoning that leaves them easy to take in
different directions. If desired, you can add herbs and spices (torn dried
chile peppers, toasted and ground cumin seeds, black peppercorns, oregano) to
the cooking liquid, but resist the urge to add anything acidic, such as
tomatoes, citrus, or vinegar, until the beans are cooked, or the skins of the
beans will not soften as they should.
Makes 4 to 6 cups
pound dry beans of any
variety 1 tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil 1 carrot, peeled and cut into
1-inch pieces 1 celery stalk, cut into 1-inch pieces
small yellow or white onion,
cut into 1-inch pieces 2 large cloves garlic, smashed
2 teaspoons fine sea salt, or
more to taste
Rinse the beans, picking
through them to remove any debris. Pour them into a bowl and add enough water
to cover them by about 1 inch. Soak for at least 6 hours and preferably
overnight.
Pour the oil into a medium
pot over medium heat. When it starts to shimmer, add the carrot, celery, onion,
and garlic. Cook until the vegetables start to soften, 5 to 6 minutes. Add the
beans and their soaking liquid, and add more water as needed to cover by about
1 inch.
Increase the heat to
medium-high and bring to a boil. Reduce the heat to low or medium-low so that
the liquid barely simmers, cover, and cook the beans until tender, 1 to 2 hours
(or even longer, depending on the variety and age of the beans).
Add the salt, and cook for
another 10 or 20 minutes so that the beans absorb the salt. Taste, and add more
salt if needed. Whatever you’re not using immediately, cool to room temperature
and refrigerate in an airtight container for up to 2 weeks, or portion into
heavy-duty freezer-safe plastic bags and freeze for several months.
DRIED BEANS
Talk to Rancho Gordo owner
Steve Sando about beans, and he’ll change the way you think about them. Buy his
heirloom beans, and it’s hard to go back to supermarket varieties. Sando’s
beans differ from most supermarket beans by virtue of age: His beans are sold
within a year of harvesting, while supermarket beans can be many years old. Age
matters: The older the beans, the longer it takes to cook them. Besides being
out-and-out delicious, Rancho Gordo beans also retain their shape wonderfully.
If you don’t want to wait for Steve’s beans to arrive by mail order, seek out
other heirloom beans if possible, or buy them from a market that sells beans in
bulk and replenishes the supply frequently.
ROASTED CHILE RELLENO WITH
AVOCADO
CHIPOTLE SAUCE
For the longest time, chile
relleno was my favorite dish, and, really, what’s not to like? A cheese-stuffed
poblano pepper, battered and fried, with a spicy sauce? Bring it on, right?
Making it at home was a different story: Dipping that delicate pepper in the
batter without the stuffing falling out was, well, beyond me. This version may
seem involved, but believe me, compared to the traditional version, it’s
positively streamlined. I like an almost burrito-like filling, with starchy
rice or farro included, but there’s no egg binder, no batter, no oil to heat up
(and splatter everywhere). It’s ovenroasted and vegetarian, but spicy and
cheesy all the same. Eat with a small salad if you like.
large poblano pepper
FILLING
2 teaspoons extra-virgin
olive oil ½ teaspoon ground ancho chile
medium shallot lobe, thinly
sliced 1 clove garlic, thinly sliced 4
or 5 Swiss chard leaves, stacked, rolled, and thinly
sliced 1 plum or other small tomato, cored, seeded, and chopped ¼ cup cooked
black beans, preferably homemade, rinsed and
drained
¼ cup cooked brown or white
rice or farro
ounce Monterey Jack cheese,
cut into small chunks or grated Kosher or sea salt
SAUCE
½ avocado, pitted
2 tablespoons low-fat yogurt
¼ teaspoon adobo sauce (from
a can of chipotle in adobo) Juice of ½ lime
2 to 3 tablespoons water
1 tablespoon roasted shelled
pumpkin seeds (pepitas)
Preheat the oven to 400°F.
Blacken the skin of the
poblano pepper by turning a gas burner to high and setting the poblano right on
the grate, using tongs to turn it periodically until it is charred all over.
(If you don’t have a gas stove, preheat your oven broiler and set the poblano
on a pan about 4 to 5 inches from the broiler element or flame and broil for 5
to 6 minutes, turning periodically until it is charred all over.) Transfer the
pepper to a stainless steel or glass bowl, cover with plastic wrap, and let
steam as it cools.
While the poblano is cooling,
make the filling. Pour the olive oil into a medium skillet over medium heat.
When the oil starts to shimmer, sprinkle in the ground ancho chile and cook for
about 30 seconds, until it foams and releases its aroma. Add the shallot and
garlic and cook, stirring occasionally, until the vegetables start to
soften, 2 to 4 minutes. Stir
in the Swiss chard and tomato and cook until the chard wilts and the tomato
softens, 4 to 5 minutes. Transfer to a small bowl. Stir in the black beans,
rice, and cheese, and season with salt to taste. Let cool.
When the poblano is cool
enough to handle, gently rub off the blackened skin, being careful not to tear
the flesh open. Use a sharp paring knife to cut a slit on one side of the
poblano, starting near the stem and cutting about halfway down the side.
Carefully reach in and remove the seeds, trying not to enlarge the opening if
possible. Use your hands to carefully stuff the filling into the poblano,
getting it as full as possible. Carefully transfer the stuffed poblano to a
baking sheet, cut side up. Don’t worry if the filling is exposed.
Roast the poblano for 15 to
20 minutes, until the filling is bubbling and the cheese is melted.
While the poblano is
roasting, make the sauce. Scoop the avocado flesh into a small bowl and use a
fork to thoroughly mash it. Whisk in the yogurt, adobo sauce, lime juice, and 2
tablespoons of water, adding more water if you want the sauce to be thinner.
When the poblano has finished
roasting, transfer it to a dinner plate and let it cool for a few minutes. Then
spoon the sauce on top, sprinkle with the pumpkin seeds, and eat.
Note:To roast the
pumpkin seeds, spread them in a single layer on a baking sheet. Bake at 375°F
for 5 to 7 minutes, until the seeds are very fragrant. Immediately transfer to
a plate to stop the cooking and allow the seeds to cool completely.
PEASANT’S BOWL
One of my college hangouts
was a scruffy Austin restaurant called Les Amis, which my friends and I called
“Lazy Me,” in honor of the decidedly unhelpful service. The food was dependable
even if the waitstaff wasn’t, and a standby for me was a simple bowl of black
beans, rice, and cheese, priced so even students without trust funds could
afford it. Later, I learned that the combination of beans and rice is one of
the most nutritionally complete vegetarian meals possible. While beans are one
of the vegetables that takes better to canning than others, if you make a pot
of your own from scratch, the taste and texture are incomparable. When Les Amis finally
closed, torn down to make room for a new Starbucks, I missed not just the
peasant’s bowl, but those inattentive waitresses, too.
teaspoons extra-virgin olive
oil
½ teaspoon ground cumin ¼
teaspoon ground ancho chile
¼ teaspoon dried oregano
(preferably Mexican) 1 clove garlic, thinly sliced
1 small shallot lobe, thinly
sliced ¾ cup cooked black beans,
preferably homemade, with ½ cup cooking liquid
or ½ cup vegetable stock
Kosher or sea salt 1 cup
cooked brown rice
ounce Monterey Jack, Cheddar,
or feta cheese, shredded or
crumbled
1 small tomato, cored,
seeded, and chopped 1 scallion, white and green parts, thinly sliced A few
dashes hot pepper sauce, such as Tabasco
Pour the oil into a medium
skillet over medium heat. When it starts to shimmer, sprinkle in the cumin and
ground ancho, swirling the pan and cooking until the spices bubble up and
become very fragrant, about 30 seconds.
Add the oregano, garlic, and
shallot and sauté until they become tender, about 3 or 4 minutes.
Pour in the black beans and
their cooking liquid, stir to combine, and cook until the beans are hot and the
liquid has thickened, just 2 or 3 minutes for home-cooked beans and a little
longer for canned beans and stock. Add salt to taste, decrease the heat to low,
and keep warm.
Warm the rice by microwaving
it on high heat for 30 seconds. Spoon it into a large dinner bowl. Use a spoon
to push the rice to the edges of the plate and create an indentation for the
beans.
Spoon the beans and their
liquid into the center of the rice, top with the cheese, tomato, scallion, and
Tabasco to taste, and eat.
EX-TEXAS SALAD
When I was growing up, one
of my mother’s holiday specialties was something she called “Texas Salad,”
similar to something others call taco salad, although hers didn’t include
ground beef. It was basically a head of iceberg lettuce, a couple cans of pinto
beans, a block of Cheddar cheese, a bag of Fritos, and a whole bottle of
Catalina French-style dressing, along with a red onion and a tomato or two.
Okay, here’s my confession: I loved it, the first day more than the second
(although others in my family would say the reverse). My tastes have gotten a
little more sophisticated since then, but I still appreciate what my Mom was
going for: sweet and sour, crunchy and fresh, a little protein, and a little
fat. I’ve had fun updating it, but, Mom, you’ll notice, I’ve kept all your
principles intact.
tablespoons peanut oil
1 corn tortilla, preferably homemade cups
packed, torn romaine lettuce leaves
½ cup cooked black beans,
preferably homemade, rinsed and
drained
1 scallion, white and green
parts, thinly sliced on the diagonal 2 ounces feta cheese, crumbled
2 large pieces -Hour
Tomatoes, drained 2 tablespoons Cilantro Vinaigrette
Line a plate with paper
towels. Pour the oil into a small skillet over medium-heat. When it starts to
shimmer, add the tortilla and fry it on each side until crispy and golden
brown, 1 to 2 minutes. Transfer the tortilla to the paper towel-lined plate.
When it cools, break it up into bite-size pieces.
In a large bowl, toss the
lettuce with the tortilla pieces, black beans, scallion, feta, tomatoes, and
vinaigrette, and eat.
Note:If you don’t
have -Hour Tomatoesin your refrigerator, you can substitute 3 or 4
oil-packed sun-dried tomatoes.
SPICY BLACK BEAN SOUP BASE
It doesn’t make a lot of
sense to make just enough soup for one serving, especially when the soup is
based on long-cooking beans. But that doesn’t mean solo cooks have to go
without their soup fix. This base uses two of my favorite ingredients, black
beans and ancho chiles, to provide the backdrop for Black Bean
Tortilla Soup with Shrimpand Black Bean Soup with Seared Scallops and Green Salsa. But
that’s not your only option. Once the base is made, you could also add shrimp,
chicken, corn, potatoes, crushed tortilla chips, leftover rice, and/or other
salsas, in whatever combination calls out to you.
Makes 4 to 5 cups
dried ancho chiles, stemmed
and seeded (may substitute
guajillo or New Mexico chiles)
½ pound dried black beans (1
heaping cup) 2 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil 1 carrot, peeled and cut into
½-inch cubes 1 celery stalk, cut into ½-inch cubes
2 shallot lobes or ½ small
onion, cut into ½-inch cubes 1 plump clove garlic, chopped
Pinch of ground cinnamon
Pinch of ground allspice
½ teaspoon kosher or coarse
sea salt, plus more as needed
Tear, break, or use scissors
to cut the anchos into small strips or pieces. Combine them with the beans in a
large bowl and add enough water to cover by 1 inch. Let soak for at least 6
hours or overnight.
Pour the oil into a 3-quart
saucepan over medium heat. When the oil starts to shimmer, add the carrot,
celery, shallots, garlic, cinnamon, and allspice. Reduce the heat to
medium-low, cover, and cook the vegetables slowly until they start to become
tender, about 10 minutes.
Add the beans, chiles, their
soaking liquid, and enough water to cover the beans by 1 inch. Increase the
heat to high to bring the contents to a boil. Then decrease the heat to low so
that the liquid is at a bare simmer.
Cover and gently cook until
the beans are very tender, 1 to 2 hours, depending on the age of the beans. Add
the salt, cook for a few more minutes, then let cool for 10 to 15 minutes.
Use a handheld immersion
blender to puree the soup, then taste and adjust the salt if needed.
(Alternatively, you can puree it in a blender or food processor. If you are
using a blender, be sure to remove the center cap on the lid and cover with a
dish towel to let
steam escape, and work in
small batches to avoid splattering the soup.)
Divide it into 4 portions and
use immediately, refrigerate for up to 1 week, or freeze in small containers or
heavy-duty freezer-safe resealable plastic bags, pressing as much air out of
the bag as possible before sealing. It will keep frozen for several months.
BLACK BEAN TORTILLA SOUP WITH
SHRIMP
AND CORN
This is like a taco in soup
form. It is not a traditional tortilla soup, but a black bean backdrop for a
double or triple hit of corn (stock, tortillas, and fresh kernels), plus
just-cooked shrimp. Like a taco, it’s hearty and satisfying without being
fussy, and once you have the black bean soup baseready and
waiting, it’s a snap to put together.
to 1½ cups Spicy Black
Bean Soup Base, defrosted if frozen Up to ½ cup Corn Broth, water, or chicken
or vegetable stock
(optional)
Kosher or sea salt
2 tablespoons extra-virgin
olive oil 1 jalapeٌo chile
2 corn tortillas, preferably
homemade Kernels from 1 ear fresh corn (about ¾ cup)
3 ounces very small shrimp,
peeled, deveined, and cut in half
lengthwise
8 small cherry tomatoes,
quartered, or 2 plum tomatoes, cut into
½-inch pieces
½ lime
2 tablespoons sour cream or
crème fraîche 1 tablespoon finely chopped fresh cilantro leaves
In a small saucepan over
medium heat, warm the soup base. Whisk in enough corn broth to reach your
desired consistency. Cook for a few minutes to heat the soup through. Taste and
add more salt if desired. Decrease the heat to low, cover, and keep it hot
while you make the topping.
Pour the oil into a medium
skillet over medium heat. Remove the stem from the jalapeٌo and scrape out the
ribs and seeds, reserving the seeds. Finely chop the chile and add it to the
skillet. Roll the tortillas, thinly slice them, and cut the slivers in half.
Add to the skillet and sauté until the tortillas are crisp, 3 to 4 minutes. Use
a slotted spoon to transfer the tortillas and chile to a serving bowl.
Add the corn, shrimp, and
tomatoes to the skillet. Season with salt and sauté just until the shrimp turn
opaque and the corn turns bright yellow, 1 to 2 minutes.
Transfer the corn mixture to
the serving bowl and pour in the black bean soup base. Squeeze the lime half
onto the soup, spoon the sour cream on top, sprinkle with the cilantro, and
eat.
BLACK BEAN SOUP WITH SEARED
SCALLOPS
AND GREEN SALSA
Scallops are a solo cook’s
friend because, like shrimp, they come in easy-to-manage amounts, cook quickly,
and take well to all sorts of preparations. Here, they help bulk up black bean
soup into a meal. Look for “dry-packed” scallops, which are shipped without the
extra water and additives that dull the flavor of wet-packed scallops, making
them sweeter and easier to get a nice crust on. If you can find them, you don’t
need to rinse and pat them dry.
to 1½ cups Spicy Black
Bean Soup Base, defrosted if frozen Up to ½ cup water or chicken or vegetable
stock (optional) ½ to 1 serrano or jalapeٌo chile
¼ barely ripe avocado,
peeled, pitted, and cut into ½-inch cubes 1 small tomatillo, husk removed, rinsed,
and cut into ½-inch
slices
1 very small shallot lobe,
finely chopped
Leaves from 5 or 6 sprigs
cilantro (about 1 tablespoon), finely
chopped
Finely grated zest of 1 lime
Juice of ½ lime
1 teaspoon agave nectar or
honey 3 large sea scallops (about 3 ounces) Kosher or sea salt
tablespoon peanut or
vegetable oil
In a small saucepan over
medium heat, warm the soup base, then whisk in enough water to reach your
desired consistency. Cook for a few minutes to heat the soup through, then
decrease the heat to low, cover, and keep it hot while you make the topping.
Remove the stem from the
serrano and scrape out the ribs and seeds, reserving the seeds. Finely chop
half the serrano, then transfer it to a small bowl. Add the avocado, tomatillo,
shallot, cilantro, lime zest and juice, and agave nectar; stir to combine.
Taste, and if you want the salsa spicier, add some of the serrano seeds and/or
the other half of the serrano, finely chopped.
Remove the large side muscles
from the scallops. Then, unless they’re dry-packed scallops, rinse them and
thoroughly pat dry. Season the scallops with salt on each side.
Pour the oil into a medium
skillet over medium-high heat. When it starts to shimmer, add the scallops,
making sure they aren’t touching each other. Sear until they have a ¼ inch-deep
golden crust, 1 to 2 minutes. Turn them over and sear on the other side for
another minute or so. They should still be slightly springy to the touch, and
you should be able to tell on the sides that the middle is still slightly
translucent. Transfer them to a plate.
Ladle the soup into a wide,
shallow bowl, top with the salsa and then the scallops, and eat.
STEWED CAULIFLOWER, BUTTERNUT
SQUASH, AND TOMATOES
One of the smartest things
you can do when cooking for one is make large quantities of pasta sauce to
freeze and then defrost and adapt into quick weeknight meals. Such sauces can
go well beyond a simple marinara. When I asked the queen of Italian cooking in
America, Lidia Bastianich, for her favorite approaches to such a thing, she
quickly came to me with this hearty vegetable stew that can do triple,
quadruple, even quintuple duty: Use a cup of it to dress pasta, of course, but
also spoon it onto charred bread for bruschetta, use it as a base on which to
nestle grilled fish or chicken, or try one of the companion recipes: Baked Egg in
Fall Vegetablesor Fall Vegetable Soup with White Beans. I couldn’t resist putting
my stamp on this recipe: I did what I do with many tomato sauces and splashed
in some fish sauce to deepen the flavor.
Makes 6 to 7 cups
½ cup extra-virgin olive oil
3 plump cloves garlic, thinly sliced 1 onion, thinly sliced
1 small (1½-pound) butternut
squash, peeled, seeded, and cut
into ½-inch cubes (about 3 cups)
(1-pound) cauliflower, cored
and cut into 1-inch florets (about
3 cups)
¼ cup small capers, drained
Coarse sea salt or kosher salt
½ teaspoon red pepper flakes,
or more to taste 1 (28-ounce) can Italian plum tomatoes and their juices,
preferably San Marzano, crushed by hand
1 cup water
2 teaspoons Asian fish sauce,
or more to taste
Pour the olive oil into a
large saucepan set over medium-high heat. When the oil starts to shimmer,
scatter in the sliced garlic and let it start sizzling. Stir in the onion
slices and cook until wilted, about 2 minutes. Add the squash and cauliflower
pieces, capers, 1 teaspoon salt, and the red pepper flakes and use tongs to
toss it all together.
Pour in the crushed tomatoes
and their juices. Slosh the water into the can and add; stir well and cover.
When the tomato juices are boiling, decrease the heat to medium-low or low so
that the mixture is gently bubbling. Cook, covered, until the vegetables are
tender, 30 to 40 minutes. Uncover, increase the heat to mediumhigh, and
continue cooking until the stew is reduced and thickened to a good pasta-sauce
consistency, about 5 minutes. Add the fish sauce, taste, and add more fish
sauce and salt if desired.
Eat a cup or two as a
vegetarian main course and refrigerate the leftovers in an airtight container
for up to 2 weeks, or freeze it in cup-size portions for several months.
WARM SPINACH SALAD WITH
SHIITAKES,
CORN, AND BACON
I never liked raw spinach
that much until I started eating it from my sister’s huge garden in southern
Maine, where she and her husband grow almost everything they eat—a year-round
endeavor, thanks to lots of canning, freezing, and the smart use of greenhouses
and the like. She even brought me spinach seeds so I could start growing it in
my own community garden. My garden is a tiny fraction of the size of hers, but
the spinach comes out of it just as tender and sweet. This recipe barely wilts
the spinach, so it still has that fresh flavor, but helps compensate for the
sturdier texture of supermarket spinach, if that’s what you need to use, by
softening it slightly. If you have tender garden-fresh spinach, you can feel
free to let the topping cool before adding it to the spinach for a cold salad
instead.
cups packed baby spinach
leaves (about 3 ounces), tough
stems discarded
1 tablespoon extra-virgin
olive oil 1 slice bacon, cut into ½-inch pieces
4 ounces large shiitake
mushrooms, tough stems removed, caps
cut into ½-inch slices
Kernels from 1 ear fresh corn
1 to 2 tablespoons sherry vinegar Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
Put the spinach leaves in a
serving bowl.
Line a plate with paper
towels. Pour the oil into a medium skillet over medium heat. When the oil
starts to shimmer, add the bacon. Sauté until the bacon is crispy, 2 to 3
minutes. Use a slotted spoon to transfer it to the paper towel-lined plate,
leaving as much oil in the pan as possible.
Add the shiitakes to the
skillet and cook just until they exude their liquid, 2 to 3 minutes. Add the
corn and cook until it turns bright yellow, 2 to 3 minutes.
Stir in 1 tablespoon of the
vinegar. Taste and add more vinegar if desired, plus salt and a generous amount
of black pepper.
Pour the hot mushroom and
corn mixture over the spinach in the serving bowl and toss to combine
thoroughly. Sprinkle the bacon pieces on top, and eat.
FALL VEGETABLE SOUP WITH
WHITE BEANS
This is a recipe payoff
from having made the Stewed Cauliflower, Butternut Squash, and Tomatoes, beefed
up with the addition of white beans, crunchy croutons, fresh thyme, and cheese.
The soup is a beautiful orange color and tastes of cream, even though it has no
such thing in it.
slice sourdough or other
rustic bread, cut into ½-inch cubes 1 teaspoon extra-virgin olive oil
cup Stewed
Cauliflower, Butternut Squash, and Tomatoes ¾ cup vegetable stock or water,
plus more if needed ½ cup cooked white beans, preferably homemade, drained and
rinsed
Leaves from 3 or 4 sprigs
thyme Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
2 tablespoons freshly grated
Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese
Preheat the oven to 425°F.
Put the bread cubes on a
small baking sheet, drizzle with the oil, and toss to coat. Arrange in a single
layer and toast in the oven for 5 to 6 minutes, until very crisp and golden
brown, watching closely
to avoid burning them. Use
tongs to turn over the bread cubes and toast for another 5 to 6 minutes to
create evenly browned croutons. Remove from the oven.
Combine the stewed vegetables
and stock in a small saucepan over medium heat. Cook until hot, about 5
minutes.
Add the white beans and cook
for a few minutes until heated through. Add more water if you want a thinner
texture. Stir in the thyme. Taste and add salt and pepper, if desired.
Pour the hot soup into a
bowl, add the croutons, sprinkle with the cheese, and eat.
CHAPTER 4
MEAT, POULTRY, AND SEAFOOD
The Texas boy in me, I’m
afraid, would have a tough time ever giving up meat altogether. My connection
to it is just plain hardwired: When I gnaw on babyback ribs or pick at the
carcass of a chicken, I’m reminded of the fact that we’ve evolved to be
carnivores. Otherwise, why would it satisfy me on such a primal level? Of
course, none of that is to say that I fault anyone for going without. To each,
his own dinner.
My solo-cooking approach to
animal protein boils down to this: Seek out easily portion-controlled, leaner
cuts for quick weeknight dinners, but don’t shy away from bigger,
longer-cooking pieces to make when time allows. The key to the second idea,
though, is to have a plan for what to do with all that meat: Divide it up,
refrigerate or freeze it, and use it in recipes that may bear little
resemblance to the original one. That avoids the
boy-am-I-sick-of-eating-this-for-the-third-day syndrome.
DEEP IN THE HEART OF TEXAS,
WE BREAD STEAK
I’ve always told people
that chicken-fried steak, one of the iconic dishes of Texas, was the first
thing I learned how to make, at age eight or nine, even though that’s not
entirely true. Mashed potatoes and whipped cream came slightly earlier; I had a
thing for my mother’s stand mixer. But those were mere accompaniments—a side
dish, a garnish.
Anyone who has ever eaten
chicken-fried steak knows that it’s nothing if not a meal: a crisp,
tender-but-chewy mess of meat drowning in rich, peppery cream gravy. When those
mashed potatoes I had mastered took their place on the plate, too, then we were
more than set. Save the diet food for another day, or another state.
My teacher was my
stepfather, Vernon Lee Jones, from the little West Texas town of Miles, about
20 minutes from the relative metropolis of San Angelo, where we lived. Tall and
lean, Vern’s a man of few words (think of Clint Eastwood’s character in The
Bridges of Madison County). In my memory, we conducted this lesson
largely in silence. But
what is there to say, really, that can’t be shown? Pound a piece of round steak
with a spiked mallet, dredge it in seasoned flour, get some oil real hot in a
cast-iron skillet, pan-fry the steak on both sides until golden brown. Pour out
most of the oil; add flour and pepper and milk or cream, whisk, scrape, let
thicken, and serve.
Not until I got to Austin
for college did I realize there were other ways to make chicken-fried steak. In
the 1980s, the dish was having a moment in such restaurants as the famous
comfort-food palace Threadgill’s and the retro-hip Good Eats Cafe. At those
places, the breading was flakier and more distinct than Vern’s, probably
because the cooks were dipping the steaks in egg before flouring them. Not bad,
just different.
At Good Eats, in fact, one
of the most popular dishes was chicken-fried chicken, made with boneless
breasts rather than steak. Think about that name: It wasn’t just fried chicken,
it was chicken that was fried like chickenfried steak, which was in turn fried
… like chicken. Perhaps only a Texan could appreciate the distinction.
I haven’t lived in Texas
for twenty years now, so my experiences with chicken-fried steak have been few
and far between and largely of my own making. That is, until
a few years ago, when the
Smithsonian decided to feature Texas (along with Bhutan and NASA) at its annual
Folklife Festival, which seems to always occur the hottest week of Washington’s
summer. Among the recipes in the arsenal of things demonstrated on the Mall
that year was good old chicken-fried steak.
This recipe came with an
official-sounding story of origin, one that ran somewhat counter to what I had
come to believe: that chicken-fried steak must be related to schnitzel, brought
by the Germans who emigrated to the Texas Hill Country. The story tells of
Jimmy Don Perkins, a short-order cook at a cafe in Lamesa (even farther west
than San Angelo), who on one fateful day in 1911 wrongly assumed that a
waitress’s ticket for two orders (“chicken, fried steak”) was for only one. He
had never heard of it, but figured the only way to make it was to cook the
steak like fried chicken. So that’s what he did.
The venerable Texas food
authority Robb Walsh, in what may be the definitive treatise on chickenfried
steak in a 2007 article for the Houston Press, broke down the dish into three
distinct versions, theorizing that each may have a separate heritage. The East
Texas one, dipped in egg and then flour, is probably connected to Southern
fried chicken. The Central Texas version, sometimes using bread crumbs in the mixture,
probably comes
from those German
immigrants. And the eggless West Texas version I learned to make is probably
more closely related to what the cowboys called pan-fried steak.
But there are exceptions to
everything. The citified versions I tasted in Austin didn’t use bread crumbs.
Neither does the Smithsonian recipe, provided by Tom Nall of Burnet, also in
Central Texas. What’s more, Nall uses Bisquick for a final coat.
As a purist, my hackles
were raised, but when I tested his recipe, I have to say, I loved it. The
breading was extra flaky, no doubt from the baking soda in the Bisquick, and
the gravy was perfectly spiced, thanks to a few dashes of Tabasco and a pinch
of sugar. It took me back to Texas, if not quite all the way to my childhood home
in San Angelo, at least to Threadgill’s in Austin.
I made it for a friend. He
was enthusiastic about the steak and the breading but less so about the
characteristically thick gravy. “It’s so heavy and peppery,” he said, “and it
fights with the beef. Can you rework the recipe to make it thinner, maybe a
little lighter?”
He’s Canadian, so I should
have cut him some slack. Instead, I told him yes, I most certainly can make the
gravy thinner or lighter,
but I won’t. Not without the approval of Vernon Lee Jones of Miles, Texas, and
I already know what he would say. Or what he wouldn’t.
PAN-FRIED SIRLOIN WITH
SMASHED
POTATOES AND ANCHOVY SAUCE
Despite all my big Texas
talk, the truth is, I don’t make classic chicken-fried steak for myself. Between
the prep work and the calorie count, it’s just not practical. Instead, I make
something that requires no pounding, no dredging in egg and flour, no inch of
oil in the pan. It’s inspired by my favorite steaks growing up: those at
Margaret Heinen’s Western Sky, where the cooks would rub crushed garlic into
the steaks, very lightly dredge them in flour, and grill them over wood. The
light coating was positively delectable. I pan-fry my steak, pair it with
boiled and smashed new potatoes, and finish them both with a quick sauce of
anchovies, butter, and parsley. I don’t call this chicken-fried, for obvious
reasons, but it tastes like Texas just the same.
or 3 small new potatoes
(about 3 ounces total), scrubbed 1 (4-ounce) boneless sirloin steak, preferably
no more than ½
inch thick, trimmed of excess fat
1 plump clove garlic
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper 1
tablespoon all-purpose flour 2 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil 1 anchovy
fillet, finely chopped
tablespoon unsalted butter
Juice of ½ lemon
1 tablespoon finely chopped
fresh parsley leaves
Bring a 2-quart saucepan of
water to a boil. Add the potatoes and cook until very tender when poked with a
skewer or fork, 15 to 18 minutes, depending on their size. Drain and let cool.
While the potatoes are
cooking, pat dry the steak with paper towels. If it is much thicker than ½
inch, press it with your palms to flatten it slightly.
Finely chop the garlic,
sprinkle ½ teaspoon of salt onto it on your cutting board, and chop some more,
smearing it with the side of your knife to make a paste. Rub the garlic paste
into the steak on both sides. Generously season the steak with black pepper.
Sprinkle the flour all over the steak, spreading the flour on lightly with your
fingers. Gently shake off the excess flour.
Pour the olive oil into a
medium cast-iron skillet over medium heat. When the oil is shimmering, lay the
steak in the pan and let it cook until the coating on the bottom turns golden
brown, about 2 minutes. Turn the steak over and cook on the other side for
another minute or so, for a medium-rare to medium steak. Transfer the steak to
a plate and loosely cover it with aluminum foil to keep warm.
Pour off all but a teaspoon
or so of the oil from the skillet and return it to medium heat.
When the potatoes are cool
enough to handle, transfer them to your countertop and use a spatula or the
side of a cook’s knife and your palm to gently flatten them. Season lightly
with salt, then use a spatula to transfer them to the skillet. Cook until
golden brown, 2 to 3 minutes per side. (It’s okay if they break up a little in
the pan.) Transfer the potatoes to the plate with the steak.
Add the anchovy to the
skillet, still over medium heat. Add the butter and cook until it melts and
foams. Scrape up any browned bits in the pan, then stir in the lemon juice and
parsley.
Pour the sauce over the steak
and potatoes, and eat.
TEXAS BOWL O’ RED
My brother Michael once
told me the two questions I should ask anyone who claims to make real (i.e.,
Texas-style) chili. Question one: What kind of beans do you put in it? Question
two: What kind of tomatoes do you use? Both are trick questions, of course,
because the answer to both is none. There are no beans and no tomatoes in real
Texas chili. The full name is “chili con carne,” and that’s what it means:
chile peppers with meat, and very little else. When done right, it’s a
beautiful thing. With only one kind of chile and at least 6 hours of simmering,
it’s got the round flavors and slow-burning heat that define a “bowl o’ red.”
If you want something hotter, add up to 1 teaspoon of cayenne pepper, or to
taste. I usually make at least two servings, because after eating the first one
(with saltines, grated Cheddar cheese, chopped onions, and, okay, even pinto
beans as long as they’re on the side), I love the second serving on a hot dog
or burger, or as part of enchiladas.
Makes 2 servings
dried ancho chiles
2 cups dark beer, beef stock,
or water, plus more as needed 1 tablespoon vegetable oil
pound beef stew meat or chuck
roast (trimmed of excess fat),
cut into ½-inch pieces (not ground)
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
2 cloves garlic, finely
chopped 2 large shallot lobes, finely
chopped
2 tablespoons dried oregano
(preferably Mexican) 1 tablespoon ground cumin
1 teaspoon pimenton (smoked
Spanish paprika) Ground cayenne pepper (optional)
1 to 2 ounces Cheddar cheese,
grated Saltine crackers
Cut or tear apart the ancho
chiles, discarding the seeds and stems. Toss them into a dry skillet over
medium heat and toast for 5 minutes, just until fragrant, without allowing them
to char. Transfer them to a blender, pour in ½ cup of the beer, and blend until
smooth.
Heat the oil in a small Dutch
oven over medium-high heat until it shimmers. Season the beef generously with
salt and pepper. When the oil shimmers, add just enough meat to the pot to
avoid overcrowding. Cook in batches, stirring frequently, until the beef starts
to brown, 3 to 4 minutes per batch.
Return all the meat to the
pot, add the garlic and half the chopped shallots, and cook for a few minutes,
stirring constantly, until the beef is browned all over and the garlic and
shallots are soft. Stir in
the oregano, cumin, pimenton,
and ancho puree. Add enough of the remaining 1½ cups beer to cover the meat by
1 inch.
Bring to a boil, decrease the
heat to low so that the mixture is at a bare simmer, and cover. Cook for 6
hours, stirring occasionally if desired. Uncover and use a spatula to mash and
break up the meat. Cook, uncovered, for another hour or two, until the chili
has become quite thick and the meat has almost melted into the liquid. Taste
and adjust the seasoning with salt and cayenne pepper.
Spoon half the chili into a
bowl, sprinkle with the remaining chopped shallots and the cheese, and eat with
saltines. Refrigerate the remaining half in an airtight container for up to 1
week, or freeze for several months.
Note:This recipe
doubles easily, if you’d like more of a payoff for your time. You can also make
this in a small slow cooker. Cook on Low for 6 to 8 hours, then uncover, turn
to High, and cook for another hour to thicken the chili.
CHILI CHEESE ENCHILADAS
One of Austin’s oldest
restaurants is the venerable Texas Chili Parlor; its motto is “E Pluribus
Chili,” and its signature dish comes in three levels of heat: X, XX, and XXX.
The X is fantastic: plenty spicy, but you can still taste the other flavors. To
my taste, XX is just slightly over the line between hot and too hot. And the
XXX—well, let’s just say they make you sign a waiver before you can order it,
and I never have. Besides the basic chili, my favorite item on the menu is the
cheese enchiladas topped with the chili. They call them Frieda’s Enchiladas,
and in all the years I went there, I never asked who Frieda was. I guess my
mouth was always full, on fire, or both. This is my interpretation based on
countless samplings. Now, this recipe may make enough for two servings,
depending on your appetite and whether you eat beans and rice on the side, but
I confess: I’m usually a four-enchilada man, meaning I have to commit to some
extra time at the gym, but it’s worth it.
Makes 1 or 2 servings
corn tortillas, preferably homemade
Cooking oil spray or extra-virgin olive oil 1 cup shredded Cheddar cheese 1
large shallot, finely chopped 1 cup Texas Bowl o’ Red
Preheat the oven to 400°F.
Heat a small skillet set over
low heat, and soften the tortillas by spraying each on both sides with cooking
oil spray or brushing them with olive oil, and then heating them in the
skillet, one at a time, for a minute or two on each side. Transfer them to a
plate and cover with a paper towel. Spray a small baking dish or pie plate with
cooking oil spray or brush with more olive oil.
To roll the enchiladas, set a
tortilla on your work surface and put about 3 tablespoons of cheese and 1
teaspoon of shallots about an inch or two from the edge closest to you. Roll
the tortilla around the filling. Place the filled tortilla in the baking dish,
seam side down. Fill the remaining tortillas and fit into the prepared baking
dish. Pour the chili on top of the enchiladas and sprinkle the remaining 4
tablespoons cheese and shallots on top.
Bake for about 15 minutes, or
until the cheese is melted and the chili is bubbling. Transfer to a plate, and
eat.
SPICY GLAZED MINI MEATLOAF
I loosely based this recipe
on one in Lynn Alley’s The Gourmet Toaster Oven, and it works well in that
device, something that single cooks should consider adding to their countertops
to help save energy when making small quantities. But it also bakes just fine
in a regular oven. This recipe makes four small meatloaves; the idea is that
you freeze three of them and bake one at a time. But the meat can also be baked
in a loaf pan and sliced into portions after baking. (You’ll have to bake it a
bit longer to get the internal temperature up to 160°F.) The recipe is also
flexible flavor-wise: If you don’t have some of the Blackened
Salsain your fridge, just use a store-bought salsa, and choose mild
to hot depending on your preference. Eat this with roasted, mashed, or
scalloped potatoes (or root vegetables) and a crisp green salad.
Makes 4 servings
pound lean ground beef ½ cup
dried bread crumbs 1 egg, lightly beaten
1⁄3 cup Blackened
Salsaor salsa of your choice ¼ cup finely chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley
leaves 2 teaspoons Dijon mustard
1 teaspoon kosher or coarse
sea salt
tablespoon freshly ground
black pepper 3 tablespoons grape or apple jelly
½ teaspoon hot pepper sauce,
such as Tabasco
Preheat the oven to 350°F.
Use nonstick cooking oil spray to lightly grease the insides of four (4- to
5-ounce) ramekins.
Combine the beef, bread
crumbs, egg, salsa, parsley, mustard, salt, and pepper in a large bowl and mix
until well incorporated. Divide the meat mixture into 4 equal portions; form
each into a ball, then lightly press them into the ramekins, leaving each with
a domed top.
Combine the jelly and hot
pepper sauce in a microwave-safe container. Microwave on High for about 30
seconds to soften the jelly. Whisk to form a glaze, then use a spoon to drizzle
it on top of each meatloaf; there may be some leftover glaze, which can be used
to drizzle or brush on the baked meatloaf. Wrap 3 of the ramekins tightly in
plastic wrap for freezing.
Bake the remaining meatloaf
for about 20 minutes, or until it is nicely browned on top and its interior
temperature registers at least 160°F on an instant-read thermometer. Let cool
slightly, then unmold, and place on a plate, glazed side up. If desired,
drizzle or brush the meatloaf with any remaining glaze before eating.
Note:The unbaked
meatloaves freeze well for up to 1 month; let defrost in the refrigerator
before baking.
YUCATAN-STYLE SLOW-ROASTED
PORK
Of all the recipes in the
cookbook I cowrote with Boston chef Andy Husbands, The Fearless Chef, the one
for slow-roasted pork is the one I’m asked for the most. A new round of
requests came after my friend Josh and I made it for my own birthday party a
few years ago in Washington. We served it simply, with salsa, sour cream, and
tortillas on the side, but trust me, this meat can go into all sorts of recipes,
such as in Cochinita Pibil Tacos, Faux-lognese with Pappardelle, and Pulled Pork
Sandwich with Green Mango Slaw. I’ve simplified this recipe a little from
Andy’s original version, cutting out a 24-hour marinating step, replacing the traditional
banana leaves with good old aluminum foil, and using one of my favorite smoke
stand-ins, Spanish pimenton (smoked Spanish paprika), instead of oregano. The
pork is spicy and deeply flavored and colored, thanks in no small part to the
large quantity of annatto seeds (also called achiote) that goes into the paste.
These little brick-colored pebbles are worth seeking out at good Latin markets
or online through such sources as Penzeys.com.
Makes 4 to 5 cups, or 6 to 8 servings
tablespoons annatto seeds
3 tablespoons whole black
peppercorns 1 tablespoon toasted cumin seeds
¾ cup peeled garlic cloves
¾ cup lightly packed fresh
cilantro leaves and stems 1½ tablespoons kosher or coarse sea salt 1 seedless
orange, peeled and cut into large chunks ¼ cup beer of any type
2 teaspoons red pepper flakes
1 teaspoon ground allspice
1 teaspoon pimenton (smoked
Spanish paprika) 1 teaspoon ground ancho chile
3 pounds fresh pork shoulder
(Boston butt or picnic shoulder)
Preheat the oven to 275°F.
Using a spice grinder (such
as a coffee grinder reserved for spices), grind the annatto seeds, peppercorns,
and cumin seeds to a fine powder.
In the bowl of a food
processor, combine the garlic cloves, cilantro, and salt and process until
finely chopped. Add the orange, beer, red pepper flakes, allspice, pimenton,
ground ancho, and the ground annatto mixture and process until a fairly smooth
paste forms.
Lay a 2-foot sheet of
aluminum foil on your work surface. Set the pork in the middle of it. Spread the
spicy paste over the pork, coating it on all sides, then tightly roll up the
pork inside the foil, tucking in the sides as you go, as if you’re making a
burrito. Use another long strip of foil to create another layer, being sure to
seal
the pork tightly inside the
foil. Place the pork packet in a roasting pan, fill it with water to come a
couple of inches up the side of the foil-wrapped pork, then use another piece
of aluminum foil to cover and seal the whole pan.
Roast the pork until you can
feel it falling apart inside its package if you push on it, and a skewer
inserted through the top of the foil and into the meat encounters no
resistance, 4 to 5 hours. (If you’re not sure, err on the side of longer
cooking; you really can’t overcook this.)
Remove the roast in its foil
from the pan, transfer to a platter, and let it cool for at least 30 minutes
before slashing open the foil. Discard any large pieces of fat, and use two
forks to shred the meat. Combine the meat with enough of the sauce created from
the spices and pan drippings so that it is very juicy but not swimming,
reserving the rest of this sauce for other uses, such as spooning onto panfried
pork chops or adding extra moisture to the Pulled Pork Sandwich with Green
Mango Slaw.
Eat one serving of the meat
however you like (with tortillas, CitrusPickled Onions, and sour cream is a
good bet) while letting the rest cool to room temperature. Refrigerate the
leftovers for up to 1 week or divide into 4 to 6 portions, seal in heavy-duty
plastic freezer bags, removing as much air as possible, and freeze for up to 6
months.
PORK CHOP WITH APPLES AND
BRUSSELS
SPROUTS
Apples, pork, and cabbage
would seem best for fall, but I confess to making this dish anytime I get a
hankering for a pork chop and see Brussels sprouts in the market. The tart
apple and spicy ginger give it an appealing lightness. I like to use Brussels sprouts
for single-serving dishes for an obvious reason: There’s less possible waste
than with a big head of cabbage.
(4-ounce) bone-in pork chop,
preferably no more than ½ inch
thick
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper ½
Granny Smith apple 3 or 4 Brussels sprouts
1 tablespoon extra-virgin
olive oil 1 shallot lobe, thinly sliced
1-inch piece fresh ginger,
peeled and finely chopped 1 tablespoon mirin (Japanese cooking wine) or sherry
1 teaspoon unseasoned rice vinegar
Pat dry the pork chop with a
paper towel and season generously with salt and pepper on both sides. Cut the
apple in half, core, and
cut it into 8 wedges. Thinly
slice the wedges crosswise. Remove and discard the tough outer layer of leaves
from the Brussels sprouts, cut them in halves, and cut out and discard the
tough core. Thinly slice lengthwise.
Pour the oil into a large,
cold cast-iron skillet, press the pork chop into the cold pan, and turn it to
medium heat. When you hear the pork chop start to sizzle, after about 1 or 2
minutes, scatter the shallot and ginger around it. Stir the shallot and ginger
occasionally to keep them from burning, but leave the pork chop undisturbed,
cooking until very lightly browned on one side, about 2 to 3 minutes. Turn the chop
over, add the apple and Brussels sprouts to the pan, and season them lightly
with salt. Stir to combine the apples and sprouts with the shallot and ginger,
while leaving the pork undisturbed, and sprinkle the mirin and rice vinegar
over the vegetables. Decrease the heat to medium-low, cover the pan and cook
until the pork has just barely reached 140°F when tested with an instant-read
thermometer and the sprouts have wilted, 3 to 4 minutes.
Transfer the pork to a
serving plate and let it rest for a few minutes. Spoon the apple mixture on
top, and eat.
FIRST, KILL YOUR CHICKEN
Talk about executing a
recipe.
There I knelt, hatchet in
one hand and a living, breathing chicken in the other. I held it by its feet,
and its head lay across the chopping block. It didn’t cluck, didn’t flap. It
was calm—certainly calmer than I. My heart thumped; my stomach somersaulted
into nausea. As I raised the hatchet, I thought, “I can’t do this. I can’t kill
this chicken.”
Then I took another breath.
And I remembered that as
anxious as I was, this situation was of my own doing. I had asked to slaughter
this animal—and only partly so that I would get the rare chance to write “like
a chicken with its head cut off,” and mean it.
When my sister Rebekah and
her fiancé announced almost ten years ago that they were going to start raising
chickens at their home in North Berwick, Maine
—for both eggs and meat—I
immediately knew I wanted in.
My reasons? This was years
before Michael Pollan immortalized the ideas in The Omnivore’s Dilemma, but I
thought that I should be capable of killing a chicken, as a culinary student at
the time and as a meat eater who didn’t want to be hypocritical. Plus, like so
many before and since, I had become increasingly distrustful of the food
industry; I wanted to know more about the origins of the food going into my
body.
I also knew the feat would
be a challenge because I’ve never been much of a hunter. My stepfather took me
once when I was a kid in West Texas, and while I was a pretty good shot (what
Texas boy isn’t?), I couldn’t bring myself to aim at a living thing and pull
the trigger. I also found hunting exceedingly boring, much the way I felt about
fishing.
My resistance to killing
occurred before I heard Diane Sawyer use the term “fecal soup” on 20/20 some
years earlier, in a show on chicken-processing plants, which drove me to
experiment with vegetarianism (unsuccessfully). It was before I started my
studies at the Cambridge School of Culinary Arts, where an instructor delivered
a lecture on the same subject and had us all turning green in our seats. It was
before my
sister moved from Boston to
Maine, where her back-tothe-land life echoed her hippie days of make-your-own
everything.
When I mentioned my plans
for chicken execution, most people quickly recalled a grandmother or greataunt
who could do the deed with a simple flick of the wrist—or wrists, with a bird
in each hand.
In the same breath, though,
they said, “Not me. Somebody else can do it. I don’t want to know about it.
Give me the plastic-wrapped package in the store.”
A place like Mayflower
Poultry near Boston, then, with its famous “Live Poultry, Fresh Killed” sign,
made such folks gulp. More and more, it makes me hungry. I haven’t seen the
whole operation, but the chickens are tasty, the storefront is nice and clean,
and in one spotless room visible from the street, I’ve seen workers dressed in
all white, wearing plastic gloves as they cut up chickens.
A far cry from what Diane
Sawyer saw. She was talking about one of the processing-plant baths, in which
chickens whose intestines had been accidentally ruptured by machinery were
“washed” in the same water with cleaner ones—probably infecting them all
with salmonella. (If you
don’t own a meat thermometer, buy one. Salmonella dies at 165°F.)
These days, of course, you
can get some high-quality chickens in stores more accessible than Mayflower
Poultry. Farmers’ markets sell delicious birds raised with access to the
outdoors and with feeds free of hormones and other additives. Natural-food
stores carry Bell and Evans and other brands that also produce free-range birds
fed on natural diets. I like to believe that such companies’ production methods
are more sanitary than at the giant firms Sawyer was talking about.
But my sister and her
fiancé, Peter, decided they wanted more control than merely driving 45 minutes
to a fancy market. I didn’t blame them, and I wanted to join them, at least for
a weekend here and there. So when my sister asked me what I wanted for my
birthday, I said, “A chicken. One of yours. But only if you let me kill it.”
So on my birthday, behind a
shed at Rebekah and Peter’s house, I took the situation into my own hands. And
despite the nausea, the second thoughts, and the pounding heart, I took a deep
breath and let the hatchet fall. The chicken went from calm to frantic, from
alive to dead, from lying on the chopping block to running around—indeed, like
a chicken with its head cut off. Exactly.
After the quick plucking
and cleaning (I took extra care to eviscerate without puncturing the
intestines), we let the meat rest in the fridge. Then we went outside and
foraged in the garden, slicing Brussels sprouts right off the stalk, kneeling
to slash rainbow chard leaves at the stem, and reaching through leaves to pull
up smooth butternut squash. For the outdoor table, we picked flowers and
Concord grapes, and lit the scene with candles made from the wax from the
beehive out back.
We stuffed the bird with
lemon and garlic and roasted it alongside an identically prepared Whole Foods
chicken, for comparison. We tossed the Brussels sprouts and chard in butter and
Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese; roasted potatoes and tomatoes in olive oil, the
former doused in rosemary and the latter in garlic; and baked the squash in a
mint vinaigrette. This birthday dinner approached the magical. When I brought
out the chocolate-chestnut cake I had started in Boston and finished in Maine,
the starlit table was overflowing with family and friends, who were drinking sangria
and pulling on sweaters as the almost-fall chill hit the air.
How was the chicken? Well,
to be honest, it was tougher than the velvety store-bought version— probably
the beginnings of rigor mortis, which we could’ve avoided by letting the meat
rest another day.
But it was much fuller in
flavor, almost as if the meat had been seasoned from the bone out.
The best part, though, was
that I knew exactly how it lived, and just how it died. And that made it all
the more delicious.
ROAST CHICKEN LEG WITH
GREMOLATA AND
SUNCHOKES
If you’re like me and
prefer dark meat, the easiest way to satisfy your roast-chicken urges without
tackling a whole bird is to take advantage of one of my favorite cuts: the
whole leg, with thigh and drumstick attached. It makes a hearty meal, and it
takes well to the same kind of classic preparations a whole chicken does,
including roasting with the magical trio of parsley, lemon, and garlic. If you
don’t have a jar of Herbed Lemon Confitin the refrigerator, you can substitute
store-bought preserved lemon or even just two fresh lemon slices (peel and pith
included) plus an extra 1 teaspoon of olive oil. Feel free to roast more
sunchokes and use the leftovers to toss into salads, mash like potatoes, or
puree in soups.
whole chicken leg (thigh and
drumstick attached, 8 to 10
ounces)
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
2 cloves garlic, 1 finely
chopped and 1 sliced ¼ cup fresh parsley leaves, finely chopped
2 slices Herbed Lemon
Confit, gently shaken of excess oil and
finely chopped
½ pound sunchokes, scrubbed,
unpeeled, and cut into ½-inch
cubes
1 teaspoon extra-virgin olive
oil ½ lemon
Preheat the oven to 450°F.
Sprinkle the chicken leg
generously with salt and pepper.
In a small bowl, stir
together the chopped garlic, parsley, and lemon confit to form the gremolata.
Add oil from the jar of lemon confit if needed to form a paste. Use your finger
to loosen the skin over the chicken thigh and drumstick, then pack the gremolata
inside, reserving a tablespoon or so to rub on the outside of the skin.
Scatter the sunchokes and
sliced garlic in a small cast-iron skillet. Drizzle with the olive oil, season
with salt and pepper, and toss to thoroughly coat with the oil. Push to the
edges of the pan and put the chicken in the middle.
Roast the chicken until the
skin is browned and crisp and an instant-read thermometer inserted into the
thickest part of the thigh reads at least 165°F, 20 to 30 minutes. Baste it
with the oil in the pan a time or two during roasting, if desired. Remove from
the oven, and let the chicken and sunchokes rest for a few minutes in the pan.
Transfer the chicken and
sunchokes to the dinner plate, squeeze the lemon half over the chicken, and
eat.
PINEAPPLE-JUICE-CAN HEN AND
BABY
POTATOES
Roast chicken is one of my
I-can’t-have-it-around-or-I’ll-eat-thewhole-thing addictions. After the first
meal, the rest of the bird sits front and center in my refrigerator, and when
the urge hits, I pull off a piece here and there until the carcass is picked
clean. Anyway, that’s one of the reasons I am drawn to smaller birds: guinea
hens, squab, poussin. They’re certainly on the high end in terms of fat and
calories, but at least when I’m done, I’m done. No more temptations. When I saw
¾-pound hens at one of my favorite vendors (Eco-Friendly Farms) at the Sunday
farmers’ market in Washington’s Dupont Circle, I had a brainstorm: Why not
treat them like beer-can chicken (more colloquially known as beer-butt chicken),
but with a smaller can of pineapple juice instead? I thought it was the most
original thing ever, until I Googled around and saw that others had trod this
ground before me, including barbecue maestro Steven Raichlen. I forged ahead,
combining the pineapple with one of its natural partners— rosemary—and cooking
down extra juice with lime and butter into a sweet-and-sour glaze. With roasted
potatoes (babies, of course), I had a meal.
guinea or Cornish hen or
other small bird (preferably no bigger
than ¾ pound)
2 teaspoons unsalted butter,
at room temperature Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper 3
sprigs rosemary
1 (6-ounce) can pineapple
juice
3 very small potatoes (baby
Yukon gold or red new), cut into ½
inch pieces
1 teaspoon extra-virgin olive
oil
1 tablespoon freshly squeezed
lime juice, plus more to taste
Preheat the oven to 425°F.
Rinse the hen under cold
running water, then pat dry with paper towels. Remove the packet of giblets, if
there is one, and discard or save for another use. Rub the hen with 1 teaspoon
of the butter, then sprinkle generously with salt and pepper inside and out.
Loosen the skin over the breasts and tuck one of the rosemary sprigs under the
skin on each side.
Shake the pineapple juice
well, remove the paper exterior from the can, rinse, and dry the can. Use a can
opener to completely remove the top of the can. Pour half of the pineapple
juice into another container and reserve for another use. (Or drink it while
you cook!)
Spray the can’s exterior with
cooking oil spray. Set the can in the middle of a small, oven-proof skillet and
set the hen on top of it, carefully working the can into the hen’s cavity
without spilling the juice. Scatter the potatoes around the hen, season them
with salt and pepper, drizzle with the olive oil, and scatter the leaves from
the remaining rosemary sprig around them.
Roast the hen for 30 to 40
minutes, until it is nicely browned, the juices run clear, and an instant-read
thermometer inserted into the thickest part of the thigh reads at least 165°F.
Remove from the oven, use oven mitts or tongs to remove it from the pineapple
juice can, and transfer the hen to a serving plate; let it rest for about 10
minutes. If the potatoes are not fork-tender, return the potatoes to the oven
to continue cooking while the hen rests.
While the hen is resting,
pour the contents of the pineapple juice can into a small saucepan set over
medium-high heat. Add the lime juice and remaining 1 teaspoon butter. Bring to
a boil and let it bubble away until it has reduced to a syrupy glaze, about 10
minutes.
Cut the hen in half with a
sharp chef’s knife or poultry shears, and scatter the roasted potatoes around
it. Drizzle the hen with the pineapple-lime glaze, and eat it while it’s hot.
Note:If you can’t
find the small cans of pineapple juice (they often come in 6-packs), wash out a
small can of tomato paste and pour
juice into it. If you can
only find larger hens, adjust the cooking time to compensate and save some as
leftovers for another day.
WINE-BRAISED CHICKEN THIGHS
WITH
OLIVES, PRUNES, AND ALMONDS
I confess I’m not a big fan
of boneless, skinless chicken breasts, which I find tasteless enough to be
considered the tofu of meats (no offense, tofu lovers). Instead, for most
purposes I almost always go for the thighs, with the bone in for more flavor
and quicker, more even cooking. I like to leave the skin on, too; however, in a
quick braise like this one, it can get too rubbery. This is a very stripped-down
take on traditional Moorish flavor combinations; eat it with white or brown
rice or farro, which will soak up the complex sauce wonderfully.
tablespoon sliced almonds
1 teaspoon extra-virgin olive
oil 1 clove garlic, thinly sliced
2 small bone-in, skinless
chicken thighs (about 6 to 8 ounces
total)
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
6 large green olives, pitted
and chopped 4 prunes, pitted and chopped
2⁄3 cup fruity red wine
1 tablespoon unsalted butter
(optional)
Toast the almonds in a small
dry skillet over mediumhigh heat, stirring constantly, until they are lightly
browned and begin to smell toasty, 2 to 3 minutes. Watch carefully; nuts can
burn quickly. Immediately transfer to a dish to cool.
Pour the oil into the skillet
you used for toasting the nuts and set over medium heat. When the oil starts to
shimmer, scatter the garlic slices in the pan and cook, stirring occasionally,
until the garlic is tender and starts to brown, 2 to 3 minutes. Remove the
garlic with a slotted spoon to a plate.
Increase the heat to
medium-high. Season the chicken thighs generously with salt and pepper, set
them in the pan, bone side up, and cook until they are deeply golden brown, 5
to 6 minutes. Repeat on the other side.
Return the garlic slices to
the pan, along with the green olives and prunes. Pour in the red wine and
immediately decrease the heat until the liquid is barely simmering. Cover the
pan with a tightfitting lid or double layer of aluminum foil. Let the chicken
cook undisturbed until an instant-read thermometer inserted into its thickest
part (without touching bone) reads at least 165°F, about 10 minutes.
Remove the cover and use
tongs to transfer the chicken to the dinner plate. Loosely cover with foil.
Increase the heat to high and let the wine sauce bubble for a few minutes until
it thickens. Taste,
adjust the seasoning as
necessary, and add butter if you’d like a little more richness.
Pour the sauce over the
chicken on the plate, top with the toasted almonds, and eat.
CORNISH HEN WITH
CHERRY-HAZELNUT
WINE SAUCE
When I first visited
Portland, Oregon, I left with two regrets: that I didn’t plan on more days (so
I could eat more) in that glorious food-obsessed city, and that I didn’t pack
an extra duffel for all the edible stuff I wanted to carry back home. On that
last point, I limited myself to dried sour cherries and dry-roasted hazelnuts.
When I wasn’t scarfing them out of hand, I threw them into dishes, alone but
often in combination, proving the validity of the saying, “If it grows
together, it goes together.” For this dish, I turned the hazelnuts and dried
cherries into a sauce that can be made with Mulled Wine Syrupor Pinot
Noir (another Oregon specialty) to pour over pan-fried Cornish hen. I like to
cook it al mattone, which means “with a brick,” a quick method that results in
even cooking, a crisp skin, and moist flesh.
tablespoons raw hazelnuts
1 Cornish hen or other small
hen (about ¾ pound) ¼ teaspoon kosher or coarse sea salt
½ teaspoon ground allspice
1 tablespoon fat-free
Greek-style yogurt 1 teaspoon extra-virgin olive oil
3 tablespoons Mulled Wine
Syrupmade with red wine (or
substitute ½ cup Pinot Noir or other fruity red wine
plus ½
teaspoon sugar, or more to
taste)
2 to 3 tablespoons dried cherries,
preferably unsweetened Freshly ground black pepper
Toast the hazelnuts in a
small, dry skillet over medium-high heat, stirring constantly, until they are
lightly browned and begin to smell toasty, 4 to 5 minutes. Watch carefully;
nuts can burn quickly. Transfer to the folds of a clean dish towel to remove
the skins while the nuts are still warm, then discard the skins and let the
nuts cool. Coarsely chop the nuts.
Using poultry shears or a
very sharp knife, cut along each side of the hen’s backbone and remove it. Turn
the hen over on your cutting board, splay it out butterfly-style, and press on
the breastbone to break it. Sprinkle it with salt and allspice then rub the
yogurt all over it.
Heat the olive oil in a large
nonstick skillet over medium-high heat until it starts to shimmer. Place the
hen, meat side down, in the skillet and weight it down with a smaller skillet
with a large can of tomatoes or other heavy object on top. (Or, do as I do, and
use a heavy cast-iron bacon press, made for just this kind of thing.)
Let the hen cook until the
yogurt has formed a dark brown crust on the meat side, 5 to 10 minutes. Lift
off the weight assembly, and use tongs to turn the hen over onto the bone side.
Return the weights and cook until an internal thermometer inserted into the
thickest part of the thigh and the breast reads at least 165°F,
another 5 to 6 minutes.
Transfer to a plate and loosely cover with aluminum foil while you make the
sauce.
Pour the wine syrup into the
skillet and use a spatula to scrape up any browned bits from the bottom of the
pan. Add the dried cherries and hazelnuts, stir to combine, and season with
salt and pepper to taste. (If you’re using wine instead of the syrup, pour it
in, scrape up the browned bits from the pan, add the dried cherries and
hazelnuts, then let the wine bubble and reduce by about half. Add the sugar to
taste and continue reducing the sauce until it is thick and sticky, then season
with salt and pepper to taste.)
Remove the sauce from the
heat, spoon the sauce over the hen, and eat.
MAHI MAHI WITH KIWI-AVOCADO
SALSA AND
COCONUT RICE
When the cooking times
match up, it only makes sense to cook a protein and a starch together, as in
this combination of fish and rice. It’s almost a one-dish meal, and I say
almost because you do need to pull out a little bowl to make the spicy-sweet
salsa while the pot simmers on the stovetop. This features my favorite way to
make rice, an adaptation of the traditional coconut-milk rice that tastes good
but is high in fat. The proliferation of coconut water as a healthful drink
found in most supermarkets gave me a lighter— and, frankly, better—way to do
it, and I haven’t looked back. Be sure to buy juice labeled 100% coconut water,
as some juice-pack brands have other flavorings you wouldn’t want here, and
some canned products include sugar and preservatives, defeating the purpose
altogether.
(6-ounce) mahi mahi fillet
(or substitute halibut) Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper ¾
cup coconut water
1⁄3 cup jasmine or other
long-grain white rice 1 kiwi, peeled and cut into ½-inch cubes
½ ripe avocado, peeled,
pitted, and cut into ½-inch cubes 1 scallion, white and green parts, cut into
¼-inch slices ½ fresh jalapeٌo chile, stemmed, seeded, and finely chopped
(optional)
Juice of 1 lime
Leaves from 3 or 4 sprigs
cilantro, chopped
½ teaspoon honey, or more to
taste (optional)
Pat dry the mahi mahi with a
paper towel and sprinkle with salt and pepper.
In a small skillet or saucepan
fitted with a lid, combine the coconut water, rice, and ¼ teaspoon of salt over
medium-high heat. Bring to a boil, then decrease the heat until the liquid is
barely bubbling. Place the mahi mahi fillet on top of the rice, cover, and cook
for about 15 minutes, or until all the coconut water is absorbed. Turn off the
heat and let the rice and fish stand, covered, for another 5 minutes.
While the rice and fish are
cooking, make the salsa. In a small bowl, stir together the kiwi, avocado,
scallion, jalapeٌo, lime juice, and cilantro. Taste and add a touch of salt if
necessary and a drizzle of honey if it’s too tart.
Transfer the rice and fish to
a plate, top with the salsa, and eat.
TURBOT WITH TOMATOES, WALNUTS
AND
CAPERS OVER COUSCOUS
I got the idea for packing
pungent combinations of toppings onto fish before it cooks from Nate Appleman’s
gorgeous book, A16: Food + Wine. I like to take it a step further and cook the
fish over saffron-infused beads of Israeli couscous. This recipe is a great use
for my -Hour Tomatoes, but if you don’t already have some in your
refrigerator, you can substitute three or four sun-dried tomato halves packed
in oil. Eat this fish with sautéed greens or a salad.
tablespoons raw walnut pieces
1 (6-ounce) turbot fillet (or
substitute sole or halibut) Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
2 large -Hour Tomatoes, drained
and coarsely chopped 1 teaspoon capers, drained
1 teaspoon za’atar
½ cup water
1⁄3 cup Israeli couscous
Pinch of saffron threads
Toast the walnut pieces in a
small, dry skillet over medium-high heat, shaking the skillet frequently, until
they are very fragrant and starting to brown, 3 to 4 minutes. Immediately
transfer the nuts to a plate, let cool, and then coarsely chop.
Lightly season the turbot
fillet with salt and pepper. Combine the tomatoes, walnuts, capers, and za’atar
in a small bowl and mix well. Pack on top of the turbot fillet.
Pour the water into a small
saucepan fitted with a lid over medium-high heat. Bring to a boil, decrease the
heat until the water is at a bare simmer, and stir in the couscous, saffron,
and a sprinkling of salt. Place the turbot fillet on top of the couscous and
water, cover, and let cook until the couscous has absorbed almost all of the
water and the turbot flakes easily with a fork, about 10 minutes.
Use a large spatula to
carefully lift the turbot and transfer it to a plate, spoon the couscous around
it, and eat.
Note:Za’atar is a
tangy Middle Eastern spice blend that includes sumac and is found in Middle
Eastern markets or online at Penzeys.com. If you can’t find it easily, you can
use a dried Italian herb mix instead, for a slightly different flavor.
GINGERY GLAZED HALIBUT WITH
CARROTS
AND BABY BOK CHOY
In Buddhism, patience is
more than a virtue; it’s one of the “six perfections” that can lead to
enlightenment. I thought about that the first several times I tried this dish,
which is inspired by a technique developed by chef Eric Ripert. Ripert, a
practicing Buddhist, asks you to let the fish very slowly cook on one side,
uncovered, in a shallow bath, which is why the French call this a l’unilateral.
I guess I’m just not Zen enough, because every time I tried the technique,
after 20 or 25 minutes of waiting, I was tempted to either turn up the heat,
turn over the fish, or both. Because I’m not nearly as smart (or patient) as
Ripert, it took far too long for me to realize that the method that better
suits my temperament is a common one: Cover the fish. The most important
ingredient, besides the fish, is the delicately seasoned Shaoxing cooking wine,
which can be found in Asian supermarkets. It’s worth trying to find, but you
can substitute Japanese mirin, dry sherry, or other Chinese rice wine, although
you may need to adjust the seasoning with vinegar before you eat it. Just don’t
use generic “cooking wine” you see in mainstream supermarkets; you’ll regret
that, believe me.
(6- to 8-ounce) halibut
fillet (about 1 inch thick)
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
½ cup Shaoxing Chinese
cooking wine, plus more as needed ½ cup water
1-inch piece fresh ginger,
peeled and finely grated (about 1
tablespoon)
1 green cardamom pod
small or 1 medium carrot,
peeled, cut in half lengthwise, and
then cut into ¼-inch half-moons (about ½ cup) 2 to 3
very small baby bok choy, quartered lengthwise 1 teaspoon unseasoned rice
vinegar, or more to taste (optional)
Pat dry the fish with paper
towels and season it on both sides with salt and pepper. Pour the wine and
water into a small skillet over medium-high heat and bring to a boil. Whisk in
the ginger, toss in the cardamom pod, and decrease the heat until the liquid is
barely simmering. Place the halibut in the skillet and scatter the carrots
around it, adding more wine, if necessary, until the liquid comes about ½ inch
up the side of the fish. Cover and cook until the halibut is just barely cooked
through and flakes easily with a fork, and the carrot pieces are just tender,
10 to 12 minutes.
Use a spatula to transfer the
halibut to a plate, then use a slotted spoon to transfer the carrots. Cover the
plate loosely with a piece of aluminum foil.
Increase the heat under the
skillet to medium-high and add the baby bok choy, tossing and swirling them in
the bubbling liquid
until the green sections are
wilted and the white sections have just started to soften but are still
somewhat crisp, 4 to 5 minutes. Use the slotted spoon or tongs to transfer the
baby bok choy to the plate, too.
Increase the heat to high and
let the liquid continue boiling vigorously, swirling occasionally, until it
becomes a sticky glaze, 3 to 4 minutes. Taste, and if the glaze is too sweet,
add the vinegar to taste. Immediately pour the glaze over the fish and eat.
CHAPTER 5
TACOS
Many Americans’ vision of
tacos involves ground beef, shredded Cheddar, crispy shells, and something by
Old El Paso. And that was certainly true for me as a kid in West Texas. My taco
tastes have matured, thanks to multiple visits to Mexico and a proliferation of
taco trucks in cities such as Austin, Los Angeles, and Portland, Oregon.
As a result, for many years
now, I’ve been such a taco freak that anytime I taste something good, I think:
How would that be wrapped up in freshly made corn tortillas (which I strongly
prefer over flour tortillas), with salsa and maybe some pickled onions thrown
in?
Tacos are one of my standby
dishes when I want to use up leftovers, but more and more I’ve come to love
making them (more or less) from scratch, paying attention to the way particular
meats, seafood, or vegetables pair with specific salsas and other ingredients.
I always try to have something rich,
something sharp, something
spicy, and something crunchy.
Besides those flavors, my
favorite thing about tacos can summed up in two words: no utensils.
HOMEMADE CORN TORTILLAS
I used to have such trouble
making corn tortillas at home, using instant masa flour, that I always assumed
the good ones I encountered in Texas and Mexico must have been made from
scratch, and I pictured the cooks soaking the dried corn in lime, grinding it
by hand, that sort of thing. Then on a trip to Mexico City a few years ago,
practically every restaurant kitchen my sister and I saw, even those where the
tortillas were beautifully flaky and delicious, had the same bags of Maseca
brand masa that I used. Why I couldn’t get the results they did, using the same
thing (which is really nothing more than corn treated with lime)? I called my
friend, Mexican Cultural Institute cooking teacher Patricia Jinich, for a
lesson, which turned into two, which turned into further emails and phone
calls. It seems I wasn’t using enough water. Granted, I was following the
proportions on the package, but Pati showed me that when I increased the
proportion of water, the tortillas pressed more easily and looked smoother on
the edges. Most important, when following her other techniques, such as her
doubleflip method, the tortillas puffed up when I cooked them: a sign that they
had the internal layers required of a good corn tortilla. Making corn tortillas
at home takes a little practice (and, of course a cast-iron tortilla press,
which costs less than $20). If you don’t have access to good Latin markets,
it’s worth it.
Makes about 24 (4- to 5-inch) tortillas
cups masa harina, Maseca
brand preferred 1 teaspoon fine sea salt
1¾ to 2¼ cups water
Cut 2 circles the size of the
tortilla press’s plates out of a heavyduty resealable plastic bag, open the
press, and set one on the bottom plate.
Preheat an ungreased griddle,
large skillet (preferably nonstick), or Mexican comal over medium-high heat for
at least 10 minutes.
In a large mixing bowl, stir
together the masa and salt. Pour in 1¾ cups water and thoroughly combine, using
a wooden spoon at first and then kneading the dough with your hands for a few
minutes. It should feel tacky and moist, like fresh Play-Doh, but not wet and sticky.
If it feels too dry, add another ¼ cup of water.
Pull off a golf ball-size
piece of dough and roll it into a ball 1 to 1½ inches in diameter. Cover the
remaining dough with a damp paper towel or cloth as you work. Place the ball in
the middle of the plastic circle lining the bottom plate of the tortilla press,
put the other plastic circle on top, and close the press, clamping down and
gently pressing until the tortilla is 4 to 5 inches in diameter and 1⁄8 to 1/
16 inch thick.
Examine the tortilla: If the
edges are very jagged, the dough is too dry. Return the dough to the bowl,
knead it back into the rest of the mass, and add a tablespoon or two of water,
and try the test again.
When the dough is moist
enough to form a clean-edged tortilla, peel off the tortilla in its plastic
wrap from the press, lay it on one hand, and carefully peel off the plastic
wrap from the top. Switch it to the other hand, and peel off the plastic from
the other side. Gently lay it on the griddle or comal in one decisive move. The
aim is to get it flat on the surface without it folding or breaking, but this
can take some practice. Resist the temptation to move the tortilla once it has
hit the hot surface, even if it has folded, and just try to do better the next
time.
Let the tortilla cook on the
first side for only 15 to 25 seconds, or just until you can easily slide a
spatula underneath. Flip the tortilla over; the side now on top should be
mottled with spots of pale white and maybe a speck or two of brown. On the second
side, let it cook for about 1 minute, until it is speckled brown on the bottom,
then flip again.
Your tortilla should now
start to puff up in spots. If it doesn’t, poke at it with your finger all
around; this can sometimes cause it to puff. Once it puffs, cook it for another
20 to 30 seconds, or until speckled brown on the bottom. Transfer it to a
cloth-lined tortilla warmer, or to a clean towel folded and wrapped inside
foil.
Repeat until all the
tortillas are made. Resist the urge to form all the dough into balls before
flattening them, because the dough will dry out more quickly. (Once you get the
hang of it, though, you can start forming one tortilla while another one
cooks.) Use what you want immediately (no need to warm the freshly made ones over
a burner the way you do store-bought tortillas) and refrigerate the rest in a
sealed plastic bag in the refrigerator for up to a week, or in the freezer for
several months.
WORKING WITH CORN TORTILLAS
If you’re able to get great,
homemade corn tortillas in your neighborhood, consider yourself very lucky.
Many of us have to be satisfied with whatever we can find at the supermarket.
If there’s not a decent Latin-foods section, we are stuck with something too
tough and leathery (such as those sold by a nationwide natural-foods superstore
chain) or thin and flimsy. No matter what the source, you need to heat the
tortillas before using, to make sure they’re nice and pliable.
For those of us with a gas
stove, it’s easy: Just turn on as many burners as you have tortillas to
medium-high heat. Heat a tortilla on each burner for a minute or so on each
side, until the tortillas start to puff and a few black spots form, using tongs
to turn them. If you have an electric stove, heat the tortillas, one at a time,
in a dry skillet over medium-low heat until they are pliable. Wrap the warm
tortillas in a single packet of aluminum foil as you work.
Say you’ve done all that, and
your tortillas are still too flimsy to hold your taco fillings. In that case,
feel free to do what the pros do, and double them up.
AUSTIN-STYLE BREAKFAST TACOS
I have to admit, it was a
little strange writing a recipe for breakfast tacos, as much as I love them,
because I think of them as so freeform. In my college days in Austin, when I
powered my way to class by eating a couple of these every morning, I would
change up the order pretty much each time. Cheese and salsa are musthaves, but
otherwise my favorite combination is potato, egg, and chorizo. But you can also
add (or substitute) black beans, avocado, bacon, and the like, in whatever
lineup gets you going. Leftover breakfast foods, such as hash browns, are
welcome additions, too. This makes two hefty tacos: a hearty breakfast or
brunch.
very small (3- to 4-ounce)
potato of any variety, scrubbed but
not peeled
2 eggs
1 link fresh Mexican chorizo
(about 3 ounces) 2 (8-inch) flour tortillas
1 teaspoon extra-virgin olive
oil 1 ounce Monterey Jack cheese, grated
¼ cup Blackened
Salsa, Salsa Verde, or salsa of your choice
Line a large plate on one
side with a folded paper towel.
Pierce the potato all over
with a fork and microwave on High for 3 minutes. Let cool, then cut into ½-inch
pieces.
Break the eggs into a small
bowl and whisk to combine.
Put a small skillet over
medium heat. Slice open the chorizo casing and squeeze out the sausage into the
pan. Break it up with a spoon and sauté until it browns and becomes crisp, 3 to
4 minutes. Add the potato pieces, stir to combine, and cook for a minute or so
until the potato is colored from the chorizo. Transfer to one side of the
prepared plate and cover with a piece of aluminum foil to keep warm.
Warm the tortillasand wrap
them in foil to keep warm.
Wipe out the skillet, return
it to medium heat, and pour in the oil. When it shimmers, add the eggs,
stirring and cooking them until they are set but still moist, 1 to 2 minutes.
Immediately scoop them onto the other side of the plate with the chorizo-potato
mixture and return the foil to cover. Lay the tortillas out on a plate. Divide
the chorizo-potato mixture between the tortillas. Top with the eggs and a
sprinkling of cheese. Close the tortillas to let the cheese melt slightly, then
open them, spoon the salsa evenly over the other ingredients, close, and eat.
TACOS DE HUEVOS
These simple, satisfying
tacos were inspired by breakfast tacos in Austin, roasted sweet potatoes sold
by street vendors in Mexico City, and the need for a quick, spicy meal to be
devoured in front of the TV after a long workday.
small (5- to 6-ounce) sweet
potato 1 tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil 2 eggs
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper 2
corn tortillas, preferably homemade ¼ cup Blackened Salsaor salsa of your
choice ¼ cup Citrus-Pickled Onions
tablespoons chopped fresh
cilantro leaves
Preheat the oven to 425°F.
Use a fork or sharp knife to
prick the sweet potato in several places. Place on a piece of aluminum foil and
bake until the sweet potato is tender and can be easily squeezed, 40 to 60
minutes. (Alternatively, to speed up the process, the pricked sweet potato can
be microwaved on High for 1 minute, then carefully
transferred to the oven on a
piece of foil. Bake until the potato is tender, 25 to 35 minutes.)
Meanwhile, pour the oil into
a medium skillet over medium-low heat. Break the eggs into two small bowls.
Carefully tip each egg from the bowl into the skillet. Season with salt and
pepper, decrease the heat to low, cover, and cook until the tops of the eggs
have barely filmed over with white and the yolks are still runny, about 2
minutes. Warm the tortillasand wrap in foil to keep warm.
Discard the sweet potato’s
foil wrap; peel the potato, if desired, and cut it into ½-inch slices or
chunks. Season with salt and pepper.
Lay the tortillas out on a
plate. Use a spatula to move each egg to one of the tortillas and divide the
sweet potato between the two tacos. Top each portion with half of the salsa,
pickled onions, and cilantro, and eat.
TACOS WITH MUSHROOMS AND
CHILE
CARAMELIZED ONIONS
Carnivores need a veggie break
now and then, and this taco satisfies. The moist mushrooms stand in for the
meat, the onions pack a sweet-spicy punch, goat cheese adds a touch of tart
richness, good old lettuce gives the crunch, and a final drizzle of Salsa Verdereminds
you that, well, every taco can benefit from a final drizzle of salsa.
tablespoon extra-virgin olive
oil
½ teaspoon ground ancho,
chipotle, or other chile ¼ teaspoon ground cumin
¼ teaspoon ground cinnamon
1 small red onion, thinly
sliced (about 1½ cups) 3 cloves garlic, thinly sliced
½ teaspoon kosher or coarse
sea salt ½ teaspoon sugar
3 or 4 corn tortillas,
preferably homemade
ounces oyster, cremini, hen
of the woods, or other meaty
mushrooms, cut into large pieces
1 ounce soft goat cheese, cut
into small pieces 2 large leaves romaine lettuce, shredded 1 to 2 tablespoons Salsa
Verdeor salsa of your choice
Heat the oil in a large
skillet over medium heat. When it shimmers, sprinkle in the ground ancho,
cumin, and cinnamon and cook until the spices sizzle and are very fragrant,
about 30 seconds. Toss in the onion slices, stirring to break them apart. Cook
until the onion starts to soften, 3 to 4 minutes. Stir in the garlic, salt, and
sugar. Decrease the heat to low and continue to cook, stirring occasionally,
until the onions are very soft, about 10 minutes.
While the onions are cooking,
warm the tortillasand wrap them in aluminum foil to keep warm.
Increase the heat under the
skillet to medium-high, add the mushrooms, toss to combine, and cook, stirring
occasionally, until the mushrooms exude their juices and are just tender, 4 to
5 minutes. Remove from the heat.
Lay the tortillas out on a
plate. Divide the mushroom-onion mixture among the tortillas. Top each with a
few pieces of goat cheese, a tablespoon or two of shredded lettuce, and a
drizzle of salsa, and eat.
CHICKPEA, SPINACH, FETA AND
PEPITA
TACOS
I have to admit that making
a vegetarian dinner is liberating. When I don’t include meat, I feel entitled
to splurge on other riches, in this case avocado and pumpkin seeds.
Nonetheless, these veggiepacked tacos are proof that something can be hearty
and healthful at the same time.
or 4 corn tortillas,
preferably homemade teaspoon extra-virgin olive oil
¼ teaspoon ground ancho chile
2 cloves garlic, thinly sliced 1 small shallot lobe, thinly sliced
1 small tomato, chopped (or
substitute 1⁄3 cup canned crushed
tomatoes in their juices)
1⁄3 cup cooked chickpeas,
preferably homemade, drained and
rinsed
¾ cup lightly packed spinach
leaves, stacked, rolled, and thinly
sliced
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
½ avocado, peeled, seeded, and
cut into chunks 1 ounce feta cheese, crumbled
1 tablespoon roasted pumpkin
seeds (pepitas)
Hot pepper sauce, such as
Tabasco ½ lime
Warm the tortillasand wrap
them in aluminum foil to keep warm.
Pour the oil into a medium
skillet over medium heat. When the oil starts to shimmer, add the ground ancho,
stir to combine, and cook until it sizzles and becomes very fragrant, about 30 seconds.
Add the garlic and shallot and cook until the vegetables start to soften and
slightly brown, 4 to 6 minutes.
Stir in the tomato and
chickpeas and cook, stirring occasionally, until the tomato softens and starts
to break down. Add the spinach and cook until the spinach wilts, 1 to 2
minutes. Season with salt and pepper to taste.
Lay the tortillas out on a
plate and divide the chickpea-spinach mixture among them. Top with the avocado
and feta and sprinkle with the pumpkin seeds. Dash a little Tabasco on each
taco, squeeze the lime over them, and eat.
Note:To roast the
pumpkin seeds, spread them in a single layer on a baking sheet. Bake at 375°F
for 5 to 7 minutes, until the seeds are very fragrant. Immediately transfer to
a plate to stop the cooking and allow the seeds to cool completely.
PASTORAL TACOS
If you haven’t eaten tacos
in Mexico City, then as far as I’m concerned, you haven’t really eaten tacos.
Countless joints there specialize in tacos al pastor, carved off a spit like
the shawarma from which it is derived, but with the delectable addition of
pineapple (and with tortillas, naturally, instead of pita). They usually make a
bit of a show of it, too: At El Califa, my sister and I watched the taco guy
hold a plate with two tortillas on it in one hand, then use a long knife in the
other to swipe off a chunk of pork, which fell right onto one of the tortillas.
He quickly reached higher and sliced off a bit of the pineapple ring that was
sitting on top of the spit, catching the fruit, too, on the tortilla. One of El
Califa’s other specialties is a steak cutlet taco: The single piece of meat is
longer than the tortilla, but it’s so tender it folds up inside and you can
bite through it with your teeth. I like to combine the two ideas into one:
using a thin cutlet of pork that I quickly marinate in pineapple juice and
combining the traditional garnishes of onion, cilantro, pineapple, and lime
into a quick salsa.
(2-ounce) pork cutlets,
trimmed of excess fat (or substitute a 6
ounce boneless center-cut pork chop)
1 tablespoon distilled white
vinegar 2 tablespoons fresh pineapple juice
½ teaspoon pimenton (smoked
Spanish paprika) ½ teaspoon crumbled dried pasilla or ancho chile (or
substitute
red pepper flakes)
½ teaspoon kosher or coarse
sea salt, plus more to taste
½ teaspoon freshly ground
black pepper ½ cup fresh pineapple chunks, cut into ½-inch cubes 1 tablespoon
chopped fresh cilantro leaves 1 large shallot lobe, finely chopped
½ medium jalapeٌo chile,
stemmed, seeded, and chopped ½ lime
3 corn tortillas, preferably
homemade teaspoon extra-virgin olive oil
Place each pork cutlet
between two pieces of plastic wrap and pound to a thickness of about 1/8 inch.
(If you are using a boneless center-cut pork chop, first steady it flat on the
cutting board with one hand and then, with the knife parallel to the cutting
board, slice it into thirds horizontally. Then place each third between two
pieces of plastic wrap and pound to 1/8 inch thick.)
Combine the vinegar, pineapple
juice, pimenton, chile, salt, and pepper in a large resealable plastic food
storage bag; mix well, then add the cutlets. Press the air out of the bag and
seal; massage the marinade into the meat. Let sit for at least 10 minutes or up
to an hour, while you make the salsa and warm the tortillas.
Combine the pineapple,
cilantro, shallot, and jalapeٌo in a small bowl. Squeeze the lime juice into
the bowl. Add salt to taste and mix well.
Warm the tortillasand wrap
them in aluminum foil to keep warm.
Pour the oil into a large
skillet set over medium-high heat. When it starts to shimmer, remove the
cutlets from the marinade, shake off any excess, and place in the skillet.
Sprinkle lightly with a little more salt, then cook until lightly browned on
one side, 1 to 2 minutes. Turn them over, sprinkle lightly with salt, and cook
until browned on the other side and just cooked throughout, another 1 to 2
minutes. Turn off the heat and let the cutlets rest for a minute.
Lay the tortillas out on a
plate. Place one cutlet on each tortilla. Top each with pineapple salsa, and
eat.
Note:If your pork
is too firm or chewy to easily fold up whole in the tortilla, feel free to cut
it into strips or chunks.
KOREAN SHORT RIB TACOS
This recipe is as much of a
mash-up as the idea of Korean tacos in the first place, made famous and trendy
by the Kogi BBQ truck in Los Angeles. I took the idea of using prune juice to
tenderize and marinate short ribs from Rozanne Gold’s Recipes 1-2-3 and the
idea to include Asian pear, scallions, and sesame seeds from Joanne Chang of
Boston’s Myers + Chang restaurant. This makes enough short ribs for three or
four meals, depending on your appetite. (In addition to these tacos, you can
toss the short ribs with egg noodles, eat over polenta, or layer into a
particularly sophisticated take on nachos.)
SHORT RIBS
3 pounds bone-in beef short
ribs Kosher or sea salt
2 tablespoons olive oil 1
Asian pear
½ cup prune juice ½ cup water
¼ cup soy sauce
¼ cup mirin (Japanese cooking
wine) 2 tablespoons sake
2 (1-inch) pieces fresh
ginger, peeled and smashed 4 whole star anise
¼ teaspoon black peppercorns
TACOS
3 or 4 corn tortillas,
preferably homemade
⁄3 cup Cabbage and
Pear Kimchior your favorite store-bought
version
1 scallion, white and green parts,
diagonally sliced ¼ inch thick 1 teaspoon sesame seeds
Asian-style hot sauce, such
as Sriracha sauce (optional)
To make the short ribs,
season the ribs generously with salt. Pour the oil into a 4- to 6-quart pot
over medium-high heat. When it starts to shimmer, add the short ribs in a
single layer, being careful not to crowd and working in batches if necessary.
Sear until deeply browned on all sides, about 4 minutes per side. Transfer the
ribs to a platter. Pour off and discard the extra fat in the pot from the ribs,
leaving the browned bits in the bottom of the pot for flavor.
Core and remove the stem from
the Asian pear and cut it into quarters. Thinly slice one quarter and reserve
it for the tacos. Run the remaining three-quarters across the large holes of a
box grater. Add the pear to a medium bowl, and stir in the prune juice, water,
soy sauce, mirin, sake, ginger, star anise, and black peppercorns.
Return the ribs to the pot,
set over medium-high heat, and pour the prune juice mixture over the ribs.
Bring the mixture to a boil and decrease the heat to low or medium-low, so that
the liquid is
at a bare simmer. Cover and
cook until the meat is so tender it offers no resistance at all to a skewer
inserted into the thickest part, 2 to 2½ hours. The short rib should stay in
place and not be lifted up when you raise the skewer, and the meat should slip
away from the bone.
Transfer the cooked short
ribs to a bowl and cover with a piece of aluminum foil to keep them warm.
Pour the sauce through a
fine-mesh strainer into a large measuring cup with a pouring spout and discard
the solids. (If you’d like to defat the sauce, you can refrigerate it for an
hour or two, until the fat congeals on the top; scrape it off and discard it.)
Pour the sauce back into the pot over medium-high heat and cook the sauce,
uncovered, at a vigorous bubble until it is very syrupy and reduced to about 1
cup, 20 to 30 minutes. Decrease the heat to low and cover the pot to keep the
sauce warm.
To make the tacos, warm the
tortillasand wrap them in aluminum foil to keep warm.
Remove any large strips of
fat or gristle from the short ribs, discard the bones, then lightly shred the
meat using forks or your fingers. Pour the sauce over the meat and toss to
thoroughly coat it. Depending on the meatiness of your short ribs, you should
have 2 to 3 cups of meat. Use ½ to ¾ cup for one serving of tacos, and reserve
the rest of the meat for another two or three meals.
Transfer the warm tortillas
to a dinner plate. Divide the short rib meat among them and top with kimchi,
Asian pear, scallion, a sprinkle of sesame seeds, and a drizzle of hot sauce,
and eat.
Refrigerate the leftover
short ribs for up to a week in an airtight container, or freeze for several
months.
COCHINITA PIBIL TACOS WITH
HABANERO
SALSA
You’ve done the work to
make the Yucatan-Style Slow-Roasted Porkalready, so now you get to take
advantage of its depth of flavor and combine it with a fiery (and I mean that)
salsa and Citrus-Pickled Onionsin these vibrant tacos. This
recipe makes about ¼ cup of the salsa, and a little goes a long way, so you may
have some left over. It will last for 2 weeks refrigerated in an airtight
container, and you can use it on all manner of eggs and meats, and as a salad
dressing base, but my favorite use might be to mash a tablespoon or two into
the yolks of a half dozen hardcooked eggs, along with mayo, for a party snack
that puts the devil back into deviled eggs, for sure. (And yes, pickled onions
are good on those babies, too.)
cup Yucatan-Style
Slow-Roasted Pork, defrosted if frozen 1 habanero chile
1 clove garlic, unpeeled
4 corn tortillas, preferably
homemade
¼ cup lightly packed fresh
cilantro leaves, coarsely chopped 1 scallion, white and green parts, coarsely
chopped Juice of 1 lime, plus more as needed
1 teaspoon extra-virgin olive
oil Kosher or sea salt
¼ cup Citrus-Pickled Onions
Heat the pork in a small
saucepan over medium heat, stirring occasionally, until hot, 4 to 5 minutes.
Char the habanero by holding
it with tongs over the flame of a gas burner for several minutes, turning it as
needed, until it is spotted black and blistered all over. Remove the loose
outer layers of papery skin from the garlic clove but leave the tight inner
peel intact. Char it over the gas burner using the same technique, until it is
completely blackened. (If you don’t have a gas stove, broil the habanero and
garlic clove a few inches from the broiler element, turning as needed to char
them all over.)
Warm the tortillas, then wrap
in aluminum foil to keep warm.
Carefully stem the habanero,
scrape out the seeds, and coarsely chop the flesh, preferably wearing plastic
gloves to protect your fingers from the heat of the chile. Peel the garlic
clove, coarsely chop it, and add it, along with about half the habanero, to the
bowl of a food processor (preferably a mini one). Add the cilantro, scallion,
lime juice, oil, and salt to taste and process until a loose sauce forms. Taste
and add the rest of the habanero if you want the salsa to be spicier, and add
more lime juice and/or salt if needed.
Lay the tortillas out on a plate. Divide the pork equally among
the tortillas, top with the pickled onions and just a little bit of the salsa
(be judicious until you know how much you can handle), and eat.
SMOKED TURKEY TACOS WITH MOLE
VERDE
After moving from Austin to
Boston, I would periodically get such a jones for Tex-Mex food that nothing
would satisfy it but a casserole dish full of enchiladas stuffed with chunks of
smoked turkey and slathered in a spicy-sweet green mole sauce. They had been a
favorite of mine at Z’Tejas, at the time a funky place on 6th Street, but now a
small chain with outposts in Texas, Utah, California, Arizona, and Washington
State. I was thrilled when the Austin American-Statesman ran a recipe for the
enchiladas a few years after I left town. It enabled me to invite over a mix of
fellow Tex-pats and native New Englanders and have everyone marveling at the
revelation that is a chocolate-free mole sauce. All these years later, the
revelation for me was how easily they morphed into soft tacos, still with that
unusual combination of smoked turkey breast and mole verde. For this, the
smoked turkey should be cut from a very thick slice, so either buy a whole or
half smoked breast yourself and cut it from there, or ask your deli to
custom-cut a ½inch slice or two.
MOLE VERDE SAUCE
4 tomatillos, husks removed
and rinsed (about 6 ounces) 1 jalapeٌo chile
2⁄3 cup coarsely chopped
fresh cilantro, lightly packed, plus 3
sprigs for garnish
½ teaspoon kosher or coarse
salt, plus more as needed ¼ teaspoon chili powder
¼ teaspoon ground cumin 2
tablespoons honey
2 teaspoons extra-virgin
olive oil
5 tablespoons shelled raw
pumpkin seeds (pepitas)
TACOS
3 corn tortillas, preferably
homemade teaspoon extra-virgin olive oil
2 large or 3 small shallot
lobes, thinly sliced
4 ounces boneless smoked
turkey breast, cut into ½-inch chunks 2 tablespoons water
1 to 2 ounces Monterey Jack
cheese, shredded
To make the mole verde, bring
a 2-quart saucepan of water to a rolling boil over high heat. Carefully drop
the tomatillos into the water and boil them for 5 minutes, then use a slotted
spoon to transfer them to a blender along with 2 tablespoons of the boiling
water (discard the rest). Stem, seed, and coarsely chop the jalapeٌo; reserve
the seeds. Add the jalapeٌo to the blender, along with the cilantro, salt,
chili powder, cumin, honey, oil, and 4 tablespoons of the pumpkin seeds. Remove
the center cap from the top of the blender lid to allow the heat to escape and
place a dish towel over it to prevent any splatters; pulse to puree until
smooth. Taste, and add more salt if needed. If you want it spicier, add some of
the reserved jalapeٌo seeds and puree again, repeating until you’ve reached the
desired heat level.
To make the tacos, warm the
tortillasand wrap them in aluminum foil to keep warm.
Heat the oil in a small
skillet over medium heat. When the oil shimmers, add the shallots and cook,
stirring occasionally, until softened and starting to brown, 4 to 6 minutes.
Add the smoked turkey and water, cover, and cook for another 2 minutes, or
until heated through.
To assemble, lay the
tortillas out on a plate. Divide the turkeyshallot mixture among the tortillas,
spoon a tablespoon or two of the mole verde sauce on top and sprinkle with the
cheese, the remaining tablespoon of pumpkin seeds, and the cilantro sprigs, and
eat.
Note:To roast the
pumpkin seeds, spread them in a single layer on a baking sheet. Bake at 375°F
for 5 to 7 minutes, until the seeds are very fragrant. Immediately transfer to
a plate to stop the cooking and allow the seeds to cool completely.
Note:This makes
twice as much sauce as you will need, but it will keep in an airtight container
for up to 2 weeks. Use on another batch of tacos, or on scrambled eggs on
toast, grilled steak, chicken and rice, and more.
DUCK BREAST TACOS WITH PLUM
SALSA
You know you’ve got a taco
problem when you make a duck breast recipe from a destined-to-be-classic
Chinese cookbook and think, “Wouldn’t these be good in tortillas?” Yes, that’s
what happened to me when I tried Eileen Yin-Fei Lo’s simple baked duck breasts
from Mastering the Art of Chinese Cooking. I served them for a Chinese dinner
that night, but pretty soon I was playing around with a riff on five-spice
powder, combining Asian and Mexican ingredients and rubbing them into the
breasts before using Lo’s baking technique. A sweet, sour, and spicy plum salsa
was just the thing to cut through and complement the deep flavors of the rich
duck.
whole star anise
1 teaspoon dried oregano
(preferably Mexican) ½ teaspoon Szechuan peppercorns ½ teaspoon ground ancho or
other chile
½ teaspoon kosher or coarse
sea salt, plus more to taste ¼ teaspoon ground cinnamon
2 boneless, skin-on duck
breast halves (6 to 8 ounces each) 3 or 4 corn tortillas, preferably homemade
½ jalapeٌo chile, stemmed and
seeded (seeds reserved) 1 barely ripe black or red plum, pitted and cut into
½-inch pieces 1 small shallot lobe, thinly sliced
1 tablespoon lightly packed
fresh cilantro leaves, chopped 3 large fresh mint leaves, chopped
2 teaspoons freshly squeezed
lime juice
teaspoon extra-virgin olive
oil
Using a spice grinder (such
as a coffee grinder reserved for spices), grind the star anise, dried oregano,
and Szechuan peppercorns to a fine powder. Dump into a small bowl and stir in
the ground ancho, salt, and cinnamon.
Pat dry the duck breasts with
a paper towel. Use a sharp knife to cut through just the skin and fat, without
piercing the meat, in 1inch intervals, then repeat the cuts at a 90° angle to
make a crosshatch pattern all across the skin. Sprinkle the spice mixture all
over the duck breasts. Pack in heavy-duty resealable plastic bags, squeezing as
much air out as possible, and refrigerate for several hours or as long as 24
hours.
Preheat the oven to 450°F.
In a small roasting pan lined
with aluminum foil, roast the duck breasts skin side up for 10 minutes.
Increase the heat to 550°F and turn the breasts skin side down. Roast until
much of the fat has rendered and the skin is browned and crisp, 8 to 10
minutes. Transfer to a plate, pour off the extra duck fat from the pan and
reserve for another use. Let the duck breasts rest for at least 10 minutes. (If
desired, wrap one of the duck breasts in plastic wrap and refrigerate it for up
to 1 week for a later meal.)
Warm the tortillasand wrap
them in aluminum foil to keep warm.
Meanwhile, make the salsa.
Finely chop the jalapeٌo. In a small mixing bowl, combine the jalapeٌo with the
plum, shallot, cilantro, mint, lime juice, oil, and a generous sprinkling of
salt. Taste, add more salt if necessary; if you want more heat, add some of the
reserved jalapeٌo seeds.
Lay the tortillas out on a
plate. Cut the duck breast crosswise into ½-inch slices, place a couple of
slices on each tortilla, top each with the plum salsa, and eat.
Note:I call for
two duck breasts here, because it’s difficult to make much less of this spice
rub, but you can save one of the breasts for another day and another use (such
as sliced cold on a salad).
CATFISH TACOS WITH CHIPOTLE
SLAW
I’m as intimidated about
making fish tacos for California friends as they would be to make chili for me.
But I’ve learned the rules: No baking the fish, no guacamole (makes the fish
soggy), no flour tortillas (although there’s some dispute on that point)? And
you should hear the unprintable things they say about versions that include
mayonnaise! It just so happens that I agree on all those points, except for
one, which my Cali-friends will discover when they read this: I have actually
made pretty darn crisp catfish in the oven. When it’s just you alone in the
kitchen, and you don’t feel like frying, I won’t judge.
cup shredded red cabbage
(about ¼ small head) 1 teaspoon kosher or coarse sea salt, plus more to taste 2
tablespoons Mexican crema or sour cream
1 teaspoon adobo sauce (from
canned chipotle in adobo) or ½
teaspoon ground chipotle chile
6 ounces catfish fillet, cut
crosswise into 2-inch strips Freshly ground black pepper
1 egg
½ cup Japanese-style panko
Canola oil, for frying
3 corn tortillas, preferably homemade ¼
cup Salsa Verdeor other tangy salsa
lime, cut into quarters A few
sprigs cilantro (optional)
Toss the cabbage and salt in
a colander set over a plate or baking sheet, put a plate directly on the
cabbage, and weight it down with a heavy object, such as a large can of
tomatoes or beans, for at least 30 minutes. Drain the cabbage.
Lay out a couple of sheets of
paper towels on your countertop. Transfer the cabbage to the paper towels. Roll
up the paper towels and, holding it above a bowl, use your hands to squeeze the
extra moisture out of the cabbage. Transfer the cabbage to a small bowl and add
the crema and adobo sauce.
Season the catfish well on
both sides with salt and pepper. Whisk the egg in a medium bowl until just
combined; spread the panko on a plate. Dredge each piece of catfish first in
the egg, then in the panko, packing the panko lightly onto the fish with your
hands to get it to stick.
Line a plate with paper
towels. Pour enough canola oil into a large cast-iron skillet to come to a
depth of ½ inch and turn the heat to medium-high. When the oil starts to
shimmer, add the fish and fry without turning until the panko crumbs are a deep
golden brown, 2 to 4 minutes. Turn and fry until golden brown on the other
side, another 2 to 4 minutes. Transfer the fish to the paper towel-lined plate.
(Alternatively, preheat the oven to 425°F. After coating the
fish, transfer it to a small
rack set on a baking sheet and bake for 10 to 12 minutes, or until lightly
golden brown and crisp.)
While the fish is frying or
baking, warm the tortillasand wrap in aluminum foil to keep warm.
To make the tacos, lay the
tortillas out on a plate. Divide the fish strips among the tortillas. Top with
the chipotle slaw, salsa verde, a squeeze of lime, and cilantro, and eat.
SHRIMP TACOS WITH GRAPEFRUIT-BLACK
BEAN SALSA
Shrimp and citrus make such
a natural match, I often combine them in tacos, but they call out for something
with a little heft, such as black beans. Depending on the size grapefruit you
use, you’ll probably have more than you need for this recipe, but that’s not a
problem. Just eat the remaining sections for breakfast with a little yogurt,
for dessert instead of the oranges in the Yogurt Parfait with Mulled Red Wine
Syrup, or in a smoothie with banana and milk. I like to sometimes
double up the salsa on this taco, drizzling on a little Salsa Verdein
addition to the on-the-fly grapefruit-black bean salsa, but these tacos are
plenty flavorful without it.
small or ½ large red
grapefruit
¼ cup cooked black beans,
preferably homemade, rinsed and
drained
1 scallion, white and green
parts, thinly sliced 1 small jalapeٌo, stemmed, seeded, and finely chopped 2
tablespoons fresh cilantro leaves, chopped Kosher or sea salt
3 or 4 corn tortillas,
preferably homemade teaspoons extra-virgin olive oil ½ teaspoon ground ancho
chile 1 small shallot lobe, thinly sliced
plump clove garlic, thinly
sliced
5 to 6 ounces large shrimp,
peeled and deveined 2 tablespoons water
¼ cup Salsa
Verde(optional) 1 ounce feta cheese, crumbled
To section the grapefruit,
slice off both ends of the grapefruit with a chef’s knife. Stand the grapefruit
on one end, hold it steady with one hand, and use the other to slice from the
top edge downward along the curve of the fruit, cutting away both the peel and
the pith but leaving as much of the flesh as possible. Working over a bowl to
catch the juices, hold the grapefruit in one hand and use a paring knife in the
other to cut between the sections, detaching each section of fruit from its
surrounding membrane. Let the sections fall into the bowl as you work.
Reserve ½ cup of sections.
Pour off the excess juice and save for another use, along with the extra
grapefruit sections, if you have any. Add the beans, scallion, jalapeٌo, and
cilantro to the grapefruit in the bowl, and season with salt to taste.
Warm the tortillasand wrap
them in aluminum foil to keep warm.
Pour the oil into a medium
skillet set over medium heat. When the oil shimmers, sprinkle in the ground
ancho and cook for about 30 seconds, until the powder sizzles and becomes very
fragrant. Add the shallot and garlic and sauté until the vegetables start to
brown, 3 to 4 minutes.
Season the shrimp with salt.
Add the shrimp and water to the skillet and stir-fry for 2 or 3 minutes, until
the shrimp is opaque and firm.
Lay the tortillas out on a
plate and divide the shrimp mixture among them. Top with the grapefruit-black
bean salsa, salsa verde, and feta, and eat.
CHAPTER 6
PIZZA
Why make pizza at home?
It’s a fair question, especially because most home cooks don’t have access to a
wood-fired brick oven like the one my brother-in-law built for my sister in
Maine. The best pizzas cook at upwards of 800°F to 900°F, compared to
residential ranges that top out at 500°F or maybe 550°F.
Still, I’ve long wanted to
crack the code of home pizzamaking, for one simple reason: I need to stave off
gluttony. At my favorite pizza places, the size of the pie I order is the size
I try to eat, dinner companions be damned. Ordering delivery pizza is even
worse, unless I’m having a party, because there’s no one to fight me for the
slices, and there it all goes. So I need to make (and eat) smaller pizzas.
The answer, for me, lies in
a broiler method promoted by Fat Duck chef Heston Blumenthal in his book In
Search of Perfection and also mentioned by pizza guru Peter Reinhart in
American Pie. Once I mastered it, and put my own twist on it, I could turn my
attention to the
second-most-important
question: the toppings. As the best pizzaiolos will tell you, the key is to use
highquality ingredients, and not too much of them. Don’t overload the crust.
Pizza has now entered my
weeknight meal rotation. Every month or so I make a batch of dough and divide
it into single-serving-size portions. After making one pie, I immediately
freeze the rest of the dough balls, to be defrosted at will. Between the dough
in my freezer and some of the pizza toppings (kimchi, red pepper chutney, lemon
confit, and the like) in my refrigerator, it’s now officially faster to make
pizza at home than to wait for the delivery boy. It should go without saying
that it’s officially better, too.
NO-KNEAD PIZZA DOUGH
This simple technique,
adapted from Jim Lahey of Co. pizza restaurant and Sullivan Street Bakery in
New York, is based on his famous no-knead bread. It makes for a very sticky,
loose dough that seems as if it won’t be easy to work with, but is very
forgiving and performs well with the broiler method featured in the pizza
recipes that follow. This dough depends on the use of instant dry yeast;
substitutions will not work. It also requires some planning: You can start it
in the morning and make pizza that evening, or start it the night before you
want pizza for dinner.
Makes 5 (8-inch) pizza crusts or 10
(5-inch) flatbreads
cups bread flour, plus more
as needed
¼ teaspoon instant dry yeast
(also known as rapid-rise or bread
machine yeast)
1½ teaspoons fine sea salt 1½
cups water
Olive oil
Combine the flour, yeast, and
salt in a large bowl. Add the water and stir until blended. Cover the bowl with
plastic wrap and let it rest for 8 to 12 hours at room temperature (about
70°F).
After 8 hours, the dough will
have risen and be bubbly on the surface. The timing is very forgiving here; you
can let it continue bubbling and very slowly expanding for several more hours
if you like. Transfer the dough to the refrigerator for about an hour before
dividing, so it’s easier to work with.
Lightly rub your hands and
work counter with olive oil. Turn out the dough onto the counter in one piece.
Lightly dust it with flour and fold the dough on itself a few times, adding
more flour if needed, until it comes together and holds its shape when you
gather it into a ball. Cut into 5 equal pieces (for pizza), about 6 ounces
apiece, or 10 equal pieces (for flatbread), about 3 ounces apiece.
Refrigerate or freeze what
you’re not going to use right away. Transfer the balls to individual
freezersafe plastic food storage bags, drizzle with olive oil, and turn the
dough to coat it in the oil. Refrigerate for up to 3 days or freeze for up to 3
months.
Sprinkle the piece(s) you are
going to use immediately with flour and transfer it to a lightly floured baking
sheet. Cover with a towel or plastic wrap and let rise for about 1 hour.
Proceed with one of the pizza
recipesor to the flatbread recipe.
Note:If you have
refrigerated the dough, remove it from the refrigerator and let it rise for
about 1 hour. If you have frozen the dough, defrost in the refrigerator for 8
to 12 hours, then transfer it
to the counter to rise for an
hour. The dough should be pliable and able to be easily stretched into shape.
NO-KNEAD PIZZA DOUGH WITH
SPELT
When I told Sam Fromartz, a
fantastic home baker who blogs at Chewswise.com, that I
was playing around with pizza doughs, he persuaded me to try his take, which
uses spelt, an ancient variety of wheat with a wonderfully nutty flavor and
without the bitterness of whole wheat flour. Spelt is a little tricky to work
with because it stretches very easily, but the addition of white bread flour
brings structure. This no-knead dough, based on versions by Jim Lahey and Peter
Reinhart, benefits from a long rise, preferably overnight. The result is a very
flavorful dough, perfect for home pizzamaking. Like the No-Knead
Pizza Dough, it is sticky and loose, but comes together in a beautiful
crust. This dough depends on the use of instant dry yeast; substitutions will
not work. It also requires a little forethought: You can make the dough in the
evening for use the next day, or in the morning to use in the evening.
Makes 5 (8-inch) pizza crusts or 10
(5-inch) flatbreads
½ cups whole spelt flour
2½ cups white bread flour,
plus more as needed 2 teaspoons fine sea salt
½ teaspoon instant dry yeast
(also known as rapid-rise or bread
machine yeast)
1½ cups water
tablespoons extra-virgin
olive oil, plus more as needed Combine the flours, salt, and yeast in a large
bowl.
Pour the water and oil into
another bowl or measuring cup, pour the liquid into the flour mixture, and stir
until blended.
Lightly coat a large clean
bowl with olive oil and transfer the dough to the oiled bowl. Turn the dough to
coat with oil. Cover with plastic wrap and let the dough rise for 8 to 12 hours
at room temperature (about 70°F).
After 8 hours, the dough
should have risen and be bubbly on the surface. The timing is very forgiving
here; you can let it continue bubbling and very slowly expanding for several
more hours if you like. Transfer the dough to the refrigerator for about an
hour before dividing, so it’s easier to work with. Lightly rub your hands and
work counter with olive oil. Turn out the dough onto the counter in one piece.
Lightly dust it with flour and fold it onto itself a few times, adding more
flour if necessary, until the dough comes together and holds its shape when you
form it into a ball. Cut into 5 equal pieces (for pizza), about 6 ounces
apiece, or 10 equal pieces (for flatbread), about 3 ounces apiece.
Refrigerate or freeze what
you’re not going to use right away. Transfer the balls to individual
freezersafe plastic food storage
bags, drizzle with olive oil,
and turn the dough to coat it in the oil. Refrigerate for up to 3 days or
freeze for up to 3 months.
Sprinkle the piece(s) you are
going to use immediately with flour and transfer to a lightly floured baking
sheet. Cover with a towel or plastic wrap and let rise for about 1 hour.
Proceed with one of the pizza
recipesor the flatbread recipe.
Note:If you have
refrigerated the dough, remove it from the refrigerator and let it rise for
about 1 hour. If you have frozen the dough, defrost in the refrigerator for 8
to 12 hours, then transfer it to the counter to rise for an hour. The dough
should be pliable and able to be easily stretched into shape.
SMOKY PIZZA MARGHERITA
The only liberties I’ve
taken with the classic margherita is to let one of my favorite pizza cheeses,
smoked mozzarella, provide that extra, haunting flavor, to echo the smoke from
a wood-burning pizza oven. And, of course, there are the -Hour
Tomatoesthat I hope you have in your fridge just waiting for this moment
to shine. (If you don’t, substitute 1⁄3 cup canned diced tomatoes, preferably
San Marzano, drained, plus a little salt and pepper to taste.)
(6-ounce) ball No-Knead
Pizza Doughor No-Knead Pizza
Dough with Spelt
All-purpose flour
3 large or 4 or 5 small -Hour
Tomatoes, drained and chopped
(about 1⁄3 cup)
2 ounces smoked mozzarella,
cut into ¼-inch slices 5 large basil leaves, stacked, rolled, and thinly sliced
1 tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil
If the dough has been
refrigerated, transfer it to the countertop to let it rise for about 1 hour
before making pizza.
Preheat the broiler with the
rack set 5 inches from the element or flame. If you are using a cast-iron
skillet or griddle pan for the
pizza, set it over
medium-high heat until it gets smoking hot, about 15 minutes. Transfer the
skillet (turned upside down) or griddle pan to the broiler. If you are using a
baking stone, heat it in a 500°F oven for an hour, then carefully transfer it
to the broiler.
To shape the dough, dust a
work surface liberally with flour and put the ball of dough on it. Sprinkle
with flour and knead a few times until the dough comes together and holds its
shape when you form it into a ball. Add more flour if necessary. Form it into
an 8-inch round by pressing from the center out toward the edges, leaving a
1-inch border thicker than the rest.
Make sure you have all the
topping ingredients measured out and ready before you assemble the pizza,
because once you place the dough on the cooking surface you can’t easily move
it.
Open the oven or broiler
door, and quickly slide out the rack with the cooking surface (skillet, griddle
pan, or baking stone) on it. Pick up the dough and quickly transfer it to the
cooking surface, pressing it back into shape if need be, while being careful
not to touch the cooking surface with your fingers.
Scatter the tomatoes on the
dough, then the mozzarella pieces. Broil for 3 to 5 minutes, until the crust
has puffed up around the edges and blackened in spots, the tomatoes are browned
in spots and the mozzarella is melted.
Remove the pizza with a
wooden or metal peel or a thin square of cardboard, transfer it to a cutting
board, and let it rest for a few minutes. Sprinkle the pizza with the basil,
drizzle the olive oil on top, cut the pizza into quarters, transfer it to a
plate, and eat.
KIMCHI, HAM, AND FRIED EGG PIZZA
I make fried rice with
kimchi, ham, and egg so often that you’d think this pizza combination would’ve
occurred to me in a flash. It almost did, but not quite: I knew I wanted to
make a kimchi and ham pizza, but it wasn’t until I hosted a pizza party and
friends tasted it that I asked, “What does it need?” One guest said, “An egg?”
Of course! Why didn’t I think of that? I tried it again, and that runny-yolk
richness pulled everything together. It always does. Now I wouldn’t have it any
other way.
teaspoon extra-virgin olive
oil 1 egg
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
All-purpose flour
1 (6-ounce) ball No-Knead
Pizza Doughor No-Knead Pizza
Dough with Spelt
⁄3 cup Cabbage and
Pear Kimchior your favorite store-bought
kimchi, squeezed to remove excess liquid
2 ounces cured, smoked ham,
cut into ½-inch chunks 1 scallion, white and green parts, thinly sliced on the
diagonal 1 teaspoon toasted sesame oil
If the dough has been
refrigerated, transfer it to the countertop to let it rise for about 1 hour
before making pizza.
Preheat the broiler with the
rack set 5 inches from the element or flame. If you are using a cast-iron
skillet or griddle pan for the pizza, set it over medium-high heat until it
gets smoking hot, about 15 minutes. Transfer the skillet (turned upside down)
or griddle pan to the broiler. If you are using a baking stone, heat it in a
500°F oven for an hour, then carefully transfer it to the broiler.
To fry the egg, pour the oil
into a small skillet over medium-low heat. Break the egg into a small bowl,
then carefully tip the egg from the bowl into the skillet. Season with salt and
pepper, decrease the heat to low, cover, and cook until the top of the egg has
barely filmed over with white and the yolk is still runny, about 2 minutes.
Transfer the egg to a plate.
To shape the dough, dust a
work surface liberally with flour and put the ball of dough on it. Sprinkle
with flour and knead a few times until the dough comes together and holds its
shape when you form it into a ball. Add more flour if necessary. Form it into
an 8-inch round by pressing from the center out toward the edges, leaving a
1-inch border thicker than the rest.
Make sure you have all the
topping ingredients measured out and ready before you assemble the pizza,
because once you place the dough on the cooking surface you can’t easily move
it.
Open the oven or broiler
door, and quickly slide out the rack with the cooking surface (skillet, griddle
pan, or baking stone) on it. Pick up the dough and quickly transfer it to the
cooking surface, pressing it back into shape if need be, while being careful
not to touch the cooking surface with your fingers.
Scatter the kimchi on top of
the dough, leaving a 1-inch margin. Sprinkle on the ham and scallion.
Broil the pizza for 3 to 5
minutes, until the crust has puffed up around the edges and blackened in spots.
Remove the pizza with a
wooden or metal peel or a square of cardboard, and transfer it to a cutting
board. Let it rest for a few minutes, then transfer the fried egg to the center
of the pizza, drizzle with the sesame oil, cut the pizza into quarters,
transfer to a plate, and eat.
BROILING PIZZA
I cobbled together this
technique from advances by Fat Duck chef Heston Blumenthal and American Pie
author Peter Reinhart, and some consultation with Jim Lahey of Co. pizza in New
York. The basic idea is this: With a blazing hot castiron skillet (turned
upside down) or a long-preheated baking stone on the bottom and the flame of a
broiler on the top, you can approximate the searing heat of a pizza oven,
resulting in a pie that cooks in about 3 minutes. Because there are such
varieties in home oven broilers—some, like mine, are in separate drawers below
the oven, while others are at the top of the main oven chamber, and still
others are on the side— I suggest that you experiment with various pans. My
broiler is tight enough that a deep cast-iron skillet is too tall and gets the
pizza too close to the flame, so I use a flat cast-iron griddle pan sometimes and
a baking stone others.
The trickiest thing of all
might be sliding the topped pizza onto the cooking surface without using a
peel, which can require lots of cornmeal to keep the dough from sticking. The
problem is that cornmeal (or flour or semolina) will start to smoke quickly
(especially if you’re making more than one pizza). You’d think parchment paper
might be the key, but I find it tends to make for an underdone crust under the
broiler. With Lahey’s encouragement, I have taken to just picking up the dough
and laying it directly on the hot skillet
or stone, then
ever-so-quickly adding the toppings and pushing the pizza under the broiler.
The result is a fantastic crust that takes a little practice to master.
HERE’S WHAT YOU DO:
1. Prepare the broiler.
Remove the broiler pan assembly
if you have one, then set the oven to broil. Arrange
the broiler rack so that your cooking surface—the back of a large cast-iron
skillet, a flat cast-iron griddle pan, or a baking stone—is about 5 inches from
the flame or broiler element. (You want the pizza itself to be about 4 inches
from the broiler flame or element.)
2. Prepare the cooking
surface. If you are using a cast
iron skillet or griddle pan, set it over medium-high
heat until it gets smoking hot, about 15 minutes. Transfer the skillet (turned
upside down) or griddle pan to the broiler while you prepare the pizza. If you
are using a baking stone, heat it in a 500°F oven for an hour, then carefully
transfer it to the broiler.
3. Shape the dough. Dust a
work surface liberally with
flour and put the ball of dough on it. Sprinkle with
flour and knead a few times until the dough is no longer too sticky but comes
together and holds its shape when you form it into a ball. Add more flour if necessary.
Form it into an 8-inch round by pressing
from the center out toward
the edges, leaving a 1inch border thicker than the rest. If the dough is too
elastic, springing back rather than stretching when you try to shape it, don’t
fight it too much. Instead let it rest at room temperature for 15 minutes or so
and try again.
4. Assemble the pizza. Have
all the topping ingredients
measured out and ready. Open the oven or broiler
door, and quickly slide out the rack with the cooking surface (skillet, griddle
pan, or baking stone) on it. Pick up the dough and quickly transfer it to the
cooking surface, pressing it back into shape if need be, while being careful
not to touch the cooking surface with your fingers. Quickly add the toppings to
the pizza, following the order described in the recipe, then slide the broiler
rack back in and close the door.
5. Broil the pizza. Broil
until the crust has puffed up
around the edges and darkened, preferably blackening
in several spots, and the toppings are browned and any cheese melted, 3 to 4
minutes. If the top of the pizza starts to burn before the crust seems
otherwise fully cooked, lower the broiler rack.
6. Remove the pan from the
broiler, and use a peel to
transfer the pizza from the pan to the countertop.
Let
it cool for a few minutes
before cutting into quarters and eating.
MUSHROOM AND SPECK PIZZA
I came up with this pizza
idea when sampling the beautifully made charcuterie of Nathan Anda, who sells
at farmers’ markets in the Washington, D.C., area. When he pulled out a package
of fatty German-style speck and suggested that it would melt on top of pizza, I
had to try it with a bagful of mushrooms I bought from a nearby vendor. He was
right: The fat from the speck basted the mushrooms in richness. If you can’t
find German-style speck, substitute Italian lardo raw, thinly sliced bacon.
to 5 ounces mixed mushrooms,
such as hen of the woods,
oyster, and cremini, cut into halves or quarters if
large 1 tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
All-purpose flour
1 (6-ounce) ball No-Knead
Pizza Doughor No-Knead Pizza
Dough with Spelt
tablespoons marinara sauce or
crushed canned tomatoes
(preferably San Marzano)
1 ounce Pecorino Romano
cheese, freshly grated 1 ounce Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese, freshly grated 2
paper-thin slices Italian speck
If the dough has been
refrigerated, transfer it to the countertop to let it rise for about 1 hour
before making pizza.
Preheat the oven to 500°F.
In a large cast-iron skillet
or on a flat griddle, toss the mushrooms with the oil, salt, and pepper.
Transfer to the oven and roast for 10 to 15 minutes, until the mushrooms have
collapsed and are nicely browned. Transfer the mushrooms to a plate.
Preheat the broiler with the
rack set 5 inches from the element or flame. If you are using a cast-iron
skillet or griddle pan for the pizza, set it over medium-high heat until it
gets smoking hot, about 15 minutes. Transfer the skillet (turned upside down)
or griddle pan to the broiler. If you are using a baking stone, heat it in a
500°F oven for an hour, then carefully transfer it to the broiler.
To shape the dough, dust a
work surface liberally with flour and put the ball of dough on it. Sprinkle
with flour and knead a few times until the dough comes together and holds its
shape when you form it into a ball. Add more flour if necessary. Form it into
an 8-inch round by pressing from the center out toward the edges, leaving a
1-inch border thicker than the rest.
Make sure the topping
ingredients are measured and ready before you assemble the pizza.
Open the oven or broiler
door, and quickly slide out the rack with the cooking surface (skillet, griddle
pan, or baking stone) on it. Pick up the dough and quickly transfer it to the
cooking surface, pressing it back into shape if need be, while being careful
not to touch the cooking surface with your fingers.
Spread a thin layer of the
marinara sauce (to taste) on the pizza dough, leaving a 1-inch margin around
the edges. Scatter the mushrooms (to taste) over the sauce, then sprinkle on
the cheeses. Lay the slices of speck on top.
Broil the pizza for 3 to 5
minutes, until the crust has puffed up around the edges and blackened in spots.
Remove the pizza with a
wooden or metal pizza peel or a thin square of cardboard, transfer it to a
cutting board, and let it rest for a few minutes. Cut the pizza into quarters,
transfer to a plate, and eat.
FIG, TALEGGIO, AND RADICCHIO
PIZZA
When I asked friends for
their favorite pizza-combination ideas, this one, from former Boston Globe
Living Arts editor Fiona Lewis, jumped to the front of the line. First, I’m a
freak for figs: fresh when they’re in season, of course, but dried at other
times of the year. Second, when Fiona mentioned it, I had just started yielding
to an addiction to Taleggio, the pungent, slightly bitter Italian cheese that
tastes of mushrooms. I immediately thought walnuts would be a perfect crunchy
addition to this party, and I invited along my old friend radicchio to add even
more bitterness. Once I got the layering order right (walnuts need to go on the
bottom, under the nest of radicchio, to avoid burning under the broiler), this
was a keeper. Obviously, if you want to make this when fresh figs are in
season, by all means do so; skip the soaking-in-wine step and you’ll be good to
go.
dried Mission figs ½ cup dry
red wine
2 tablespoons raw walnut
pieces All-purpose flour
1 (6-ounce) ball No-Knead
Pizza Doughor No-Knead Pizza
Dough with Spelt
tablespoons extra-virgin
olive oil
½ small head radicchio,
shredded (about ¼ cup) 2 ounces Taleggio or another pungent cheese, cut into
small
pieces
If the dough has been
refrigerated, transfer it to the countertop to let it rise for about 1 hour
before making pizza.
Preheat the broiler with the
rack set 5 inches from the element or flame. If you are using a cast-iron skillet
or griddle pan for the pizza, set it over medium-high heat until it gets
smoking hot, about 15 minutes. Transfer the skillet (turned upside down) or
griddle pan to the broiler. If you are using a baking stone, heat it in a 500°F
oven for an hour, then carefully transfer it to the broiler.
Put the figs in a small
skillet set over medium heat, pour in the wine, and bring to a boil. Turn off
the heat and let the figs soak for at least 30 minutes. Drain, then chop into
½-inch pieces.
Toast the walnut pieces in a
small, dry skillet over medium-high heat, shaking the skillet frequently, until
they are very fragrant and starting to brown, 3 to 4 minutes. Immediately
transfer to a plate, let cool, and then coarsely chop.
To shape the dough, dust a
work surface liberally with flour and put the ball of dough on it. Sprinkle
with flour and knead a few times until the dough comes together and holds its
shape when you form it into a ball. Add more flour if necessary. Form it into
an 8-inch round by pressing from the center out toward the edges, leaving a
1-inch border thicker than the rest.
Make sure you have all the
topping ingredients measured out and ready before you assemble the pizza,
because once you place the
dough on the cooking surface
you can’t easily move it.
Open the oven or broiler
door, and quickly slide out the rack with the cooking surface (skillet, griddle
pan, or baking stone) on it. Pick up the dough and quickly transfer it to the
cooking surface, pressing it back into shape if need be, while being careful
not to touch the cooking surface with your fingers.
Drizzle 1 tablespoon of the
oil onto the dough, scatter the walnut pieces on top, then the radicchio, then
the chopped figs, and then the cheese. Slide the broiler rack back into the
oven and close the door.
Broil the pizza until the
crust has puffed up around the edges, the pizza has blackened in spots, and the
cheese has melted, 3 to 4 minutes.
Remove the pizza with a
wooden or metal pizza peel or a square of cardboard, transfer it to a cutting
board, and let it rest for a few minutes. Drizzle the remaining 1 tablespoon of
oil on top, cut the pizza into quarters, transfer it to a plate, and eat.
SMOKED TROUT, POTATO AND
FENNEL PIZZA
I’m such a purist about
some things—I think all food people are. Tell me you’re putting beans and
tomatoes in chili, and the Texas boy in me bristles. But when one of my
friends, an Israeli man of Norwegian heritage, came to a pizza-tasting party
and—before he sampled it, I should note—declared this pizza combination “wrong,
just wrong,” why did it irritate me so much? Well, I suppose it’s because I’m
neither Norwegian nor Italian, so I couldn’t understand why something so
delicious could be anything but right. This combination was inspired by a pizza
that friends told me I had to try from Coppi’s Organic in Washington, D.C. I’ve
taken shameless liberties with it.
small Yukon gold potato
(about 4 ounces), cut into ¼-inch
slices
2 tablespoons water
1 teaspoon extra-virgin olive
oil Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
All-purpose flour
1 (6-ounce) ball No-Knead
Pizza Doughor No-Knead Pizza
Dough with Spelt
tablespoons fresh whole-milk
ricotta
2 ounces smoked trout, broken
up into bite-size flakes
slices Herbed Lemon
Confitor substitute store-bought
preserved lemon, coarsely chopped
¼ small fennel bulb, cut into
paper-thin slices (about ¼ cup),
plus a few fronds for garnish
1 tablespoon low-fat
Greek-style yogurt, whisked until smooth
If the dough has been
refrigerated, transfer it to the countertop to let it rise for about 1 hour
before making pizza.
Preheat the oven to 500°F.
In a large cast-iron skillet,
toss the potato slices with the water, oil, salt, and pepper. Cover the skillet
tightly with aluminum foil and bake for 10 to 15 minutes, until the potatoes
are soft but not browned. Transfer the potatoes to a plate.
Preheat the broiler with the
rack set 5 inches from the element or flame. If you are using a cast-iron
skillet or griddle pan for the pizza, set it over medium-high heat until it
gets smoking hot, about 15 minutes. Transfer the skillet (turned upside down)
or griddle pan to the broiler. If you are using a baking stone, heat it in a
500°F oven for an hour, then carefully transfer it to the broiler.
To shape the dough, dust a
work surface liberally with flour and put the ball of dough on it. Sprinkle
with flour and knead a few times until the dough comes together and holds its
shape when you form it into a ball. Add more flour if necessary. Form it into
an
-inch round by pressing from
the center out toward the edges, leaving a 1-inch border thicker than the rest.
Make sure you have all the
topping ingredients measured out and ready before you assemble the pizza,
because once you place the dough on the cooking surface you can’t easily move
it.
Open the oven or broiler
door, quickly slide out the rack with the cooking surface (skillet, griddle
pan, or baking stone) on it. Pick up the dough and quickly transfer it to the
cooking surface, pressing it back into shape if need be, while being careful not
to touch the cooking surface with your fingers.
Layer the potato rounds on
top of the dough, leaving the 1-inch margin bare, and plop dabs of ricotta here
and there. Broil the pizza for 3 to 5 minutes, or until the crust has puffed up
around the edges and blackened in spots.
Remove the pizza with a
wooden or metal peel or a thin square of cardboard and transfer it to a cutting
board. Scatter the trout, lemon confit, and fennel slices and fronds on top.
Let the pizza rest for a few minutes. Drizzle it with the yogurt, cut it into
quarters, transfer to a plate, and eat.
EGGPLANT AND SPICY HUMMUS
FLATBREAD
To my mind, flatbread
always calls out for eggplant or hummus, so why not eat the two together? I
like to add to the complexity by frying up some extra chickpeas—something that,
in greater quantities, makes for a fantastic party appetizer. Look for za’atar
spice in Middle Eastern markets or buy it online from spice purveyors such as Penzeys.com.
¼ cup cooked chickpeas,
preferably homemade, rinsed and
drained
½ cup plus 1 tablespoon
extra-virgin olive oil, plus more for
brushing dough
teaspoon fleur de sel or
other flaky sea salt ¼ teaspoon pimenton (smoked Spanish paprika) 1 small (5-
to 6-ounce) Italian eggplant, cut into ¼-inch rounds 1 teaspoon za’atar spice
(or substitute mixed Italian herbs) 1 (3-ounce) ball No-Knead Pizza Dough with
Spelt, or one round
of your favorite store-bought pita or other flatbread
½ cup Spicy Hummus
¼ cup Citrus-Pickled
Onions(optional)
Preheat the broiler with the
rack set 4 to 5 inches from the flame or element. Line a baking sheet with
aluminum foil.
Spread the chickpeas on a
paper towel on your countertop and lay another paper towel on top. Pat the
chickpeas until very dry. Line a plate with paper towels.
Pour ½ cup of the oil into a
small skillet over medium-high heat. When the oil starts to shimmer, scatter in
the chickpeas, being careful to avoid splatters. Fry the chickpeas until they
darken and become crispy, 5 to 6 minutes. Transfer them with a slotted spoon to
the prepared plate. Immediately sprinkle them with ½ teaspoon of the salt and
all of the pimenton. Strain the oil and save it for another use.
Lay the eggplant slices on
the prepared baking sheet, drizzle with the remaining 1 tablespoon of oil, and
sprinkle with the remaining ½ teaspoon of salt and all of the za’atar spice.
Broil until browned and tender, 3 to 4 minutes, rotating the baking sheet if
necessary to evenly cook the eggplant. Transfer to a plate to cool.
If you’re making flatbread
from the pizza dough, set the ball of dough in the middle of a piece of
parchment at least 7 inches square or round. Press or stretch the dough into a
5- to 6-inch round, using a rolling pin if necessary. You want an evenly flat
disk, so don’t worry about trying to keep the edge thicker as with pizza.
Set a large cast-iron skillet
fitted with a lid over high heat.
Brush oil generously on top
of the dough. Lift the parchment paper and dough carefully and flip the dough
into the skillet so the
oiled side is down. Quickly
peel off the parchment from the top of the dough, and then brush the dough with
oil, cover, and turn the heat down to medium.
After about 1 minute, remove
the lid and use tongs or a large spatula to flip the disk over. It will have
puffed up in places, darkened in others. Continue cooking, uncovered, for
another minute or two, until the dough is spotted brown, puffy, and cooked
through. Transfer to a plate. (If you’re using pita or other store-bought
flatbread, brush it with olive oil on both sides and heat it in the skillet,
uncovered, for a minute or two on each side. Then transfer to a plate.)
Spread the hummus on one side
of the flatbread, then lay the eggplant slices on top. Scatter the fried
chickpeas and pickled onions over the eggplant, and fold the flatbread in half
around the filling. Cut it into two pieces, and eat.
THREE-PEPPER PIZZA WITH GOAT
CHEESE
This is a pie that you can
put together in a flash, because it depends on the idea that you’ve got some
great condiments and accompaniments already made and just waiting for such a
use as this. Like all my favorite pizzas, it depends on relatively spare but
high-quality toppings.
All-purpose flour
1 (6-ounce) ball No-Knead
Pizza Doughor No-Knead Pizza
Dough with Spelt
¼ cup Red Pepper Chutney
ounces soft goat cheese, cut
into small pieces 5 or 6 pieces Pickled Anchos
¼ cup loosely packed baby
arugula leaves, stacked, rolled, and
cut into strips
Extra-virgin olive oil, for
drizzling
If the dough has been
refrigerated, transfer it to the countertop to let it rise for about 1 hour
before making pizza.
Preheat the broiler with the
rack set 5 inches from the element or flame. If you are using a cast-iron
skillet or griddle pan for the pizza, set it over medium-high heat until it
gets smoking hot, about 15 minutes. Transfer the skillet (turned upside down)
or griddle pan to the broiler. If you are using a baking stone, heat it in a
500°F oven for an hour, then carefully transfer it to the broiler.
To shape the dough, dust a
work surface liberally with flour and put the ball of dough on it. Sprinkle
with flour and knead a few times until the dough comes together and holds its
shape when you form it into a ball. Add more flour if necessary. Form it into
an 8-inch round by pressing from the center out toward the edges, leaving a
1-inch border thicker than the rest.
Make sure you have all the
topping ingredients measured out and ready before you assemble the pizza,
because once you place the dough on the cooking surface you can’t easily move
it.
Open the oven or broiler
door, and quickly slide out the rack with the cooking surface (skillet, griddle
pan, or baking stone) on it. Pick up the dough and quickly transfer it to the
cooking surface, pressing it back into shape if need be, while being careful
not to touch the cooking surface with your fingers.
Spread the red pepper chutney
on top of the pizza dough, leaving a 1-inch margin. Scatter over the goat
cheese pieces and pickled anchos.
Broil the pizza for 3 to 5
minutes, until the crust has puffed up around the edges and blackened in spots.
Remove the pizza with a
wooden or metal peel or a square of cardboard, transfer it to a cutting board,
and let it rest for a few minutes. Scatter the arugula on top, drizzle it with
a little oil, cut it into quarters, transfer it to a plate, and eat.
CHAPTER 7 SANDWICHES
Sandwiches are among the
most universally accessible and beloved homemade foods, possibly because in
their most basic form they don’t really require any cooking. Just stack, slice,
serve. They’re as easily eaten over the sink at midnight as they are at your
desk at lunch or on the couch in front of the TV.
The only thing that makes
them seem less than ideal is that pesky leftover-bread problem, but it’s not
much of a problem after all, because bread freezes so well. So then
you’re left to worry about more important things, such as what you’re going to
put on your sandwich. Unlike my less-is-more mantra with pizza, a Dagwoodstyle
approach is fine, as long as the ingredients are chosen carefully and work well
together.
I apply some of the same principles
that I use with tacos (which really are just tortilla sandwiches, aren’t
they?): Balance the richness with something tart and include something crunchy
for a little textural variety.
HANDLING LEFTOVER BREAD
There are many, many recipes
(even at least one cookbook) that can help you handle leftover bread, but it’s
really not all that complicated, thanks to the fact that bread freezes so well.
If you have a family of four,
you can buy a loaf, cut it in half, and freeze half in one piece. But if you
are a single cook, you may want only a slice or two at a time. Therefore I
suggest that you reserve enough for four sandwiches (today and tomorrow,
naturally), then slice the rest and freeze it in groups of two slices apiece in
heavy-duty freezer-safe plastic bags. That way you can easily pull out just
what you’ll need for a sandwich, and the bread will thaw in only 15 to 20
minutes (or in about 30 seconds on High in the microwave). Thawed sliced bread
is much improved by a little toasting.
I have two favorite ways to
use leftover, even stale, bread:
• Make croutons. Cut the
bread into cubes, toss with
extra-virgin olive oil and salt, and bake at 425°F
for about 10 to 12 minutes, turning the cubes over as necessary to keep the
browning even. Once cooled, they will keep in an airtight container in a cool
place for 1 to 2 weeks. Use them in soups (such as Fall Vegetable Soup with
White Beans) or salads.
• Make bread crumbs. Follow
the same procedure as for
croutons, but omit the olive oil and salt, toasting
the cubes until golden brown. Let them cool, then pulse them in a food
processor to coarsely grind them. Bread crumbs can be stored in an airtight
container for months in a cool place. Use them in Fideos with Sardines and
Bread Crumbs.
PULLED PORK SANDWICH WITH
GREEN
MANGO SLAW
Besides the Cochinita
Pibil Tacos, this is the purest, least messedwith application of leftover Yucatan-Style
Slow-Roasted Pork. In a riff on the North Carolina tradition of pork with a tangy
coleslaw, I’m using green mango, which sounds exotic until you realize that
it’s just … green mango. Unripe, firm, not-yet-ready-for-primetime mango. It’s
super sour, which is one of the reasons I like it. The other is that, depending
on your supermarket, it might be even easier to find unripe mango than ripe
mango. Of course, one turns into the other if you wait long enough.
Juice of 1 lime
2 teaspoons Asian fish sauce
2 teaspoons sugar
1 very firm, unripe (green)
mango 2 shallot lobes, thinly sliced
12 large mint leaves,
stacked, rolled, and thinly sliced 12 basil leaves (preferably Thai), stacked,
rolled, and thinly sliced ½ cup packed fresh cilantro leaves, chopped
jalapeٌo chile, stemmed,
seeded, and finely chopped ½ cup Yucatan-Style Slow-Roasted Pork, with 1 to 2
tablespoons
additional reserved sauce from pan drippings
1 hamburger or other bun,
halved and lightly toasted, if desired
In a medium bowl, stir
together the lime juice, fish sauce, and sugar until the sugar is dissolved.
Use a Y-shaped vegetable
peeler to peel the mango. Continue using the peeler to cut wide, very thin
strips of flesh from the mango, working in as close to the pit as possible on
all sides. Arrange the strips facing the same way and use a large knife to
thinly slice them lengthwise. You should have about 2 cups of mango strips.
Toss the mango in the bowl
with the lime juice mixture and add the shallots, mint, basil, cilantro, and
jalapeٌo, tossing to combine thoroughly. Let rest for at least 30 minutes to
let the flavors mingle.
Warm the pork by combining it
with 1 tablespoon of the extra sauce and microwaving on Medium for 30 to 60
seconds, until it is hot, or put in a small saucepan over medium heat and cook,
stirring frequently, for 3 to 4 minutes. If desired, add another tablespoon of
sauce so that the pork is very juicy and will soak into the bun.
To assemble the sandwich,
place one of the bun halves on a plate. Pile on the pork, top with about ¼ cup
of green mango slaw and the other bun half, and eat.
Note:This recipe
makes about 2½ cups of slaw, more than you need for the sandwich, but it’s a
great side dish for simple grilled
meats, and the flavor
improves with a couple of days in the fridge. Or you can add steamed shrimp and
baby spinach leaves to the leftovers and eat it as a lunch or dinner salad.
GINGERED CHICKEN SANDWICH
WITH
AVOCADO AND MANGO
The
ginger packs a double-edged spicy punch in this sandwich, as fresh pieces in
the chicken-poaching liquid and in powdered form in the avocado spread. Mango
adds its sweet-tart, cooling magic.
slices challah or brioche
(may substitute any soft sandwich
bread)
2 cups water, plus more as
needed
1 tablespoon kosher or coarse
sea salt, plus more as needed 3-inch piece fresh ginger, peeled and finely
chopped 1 small (about 4 ounces) boneless, skinless chicken breast half ½
teaspoon ground ginger
Juice of ½ lime
½ avocado, peeled and pitted
1 scallion, white and
light-green parts, thinly sliced Freshly ground black pepper
¼ to ½ mango, peeled and cut
into ½-inch slices (about ½ cup)
Preheat the oven broiler with
the broiler rack set 4 to 5 inches from the flame or element. Toast the bread
on one side only, 1 to 2 minutes, until deep golden brown, being careful not to
burn it. Transfer it to a plate.
Combine the water, salt, and
ginger in a 1-quart saucepan over medium-high heat. Bring to a boil and add the
chicken, making sure it is completely submerged; add more water, if necessary.
When the water returns to a boil, turn off the heat. Cover and let the chicken
sit for 20 minutes or until no trace of pink remains in the center. Remove and
let cool.
While the chicken is cooling,
combine the ground ginger and lime juice; stir until the spice has dissolved.
Add the avocado and mash it with a fork; stir in the scallion and add salt and
pepper to taste. Mix well.
Cut the chicken lengthwise
into ½-inch slices and season it lightly with salt.
To assemble the sandwich,
spread the avocado-ginger mixture onto the toasted side of one piece of bread.
Layer the chicken slices on top, then the mango slices. Top with the other
piece of bread, toasted side facing inward. Cut in half, and eat.
Note:If you can
find only larger chicken breast halves, poach one that weighs up to 8 ounces
(slice it in half horizontally before poaching), use half for this recipe, and
save half for another use within a couple of days.
TUNA, EGG, AND POTATO SALAD
SANDWICH
If you think this sounds
something like a reconstructed salade Niçoise on bread, well, you’d be right,
but the truth is, I got the idea in Italy, not France. On my first trip there,
in Venice, I quickly became addicted to eating while standing up at one of the
city’s many bars. Besides melanzana (eggplant) pizza, my favorite dish was a
sandwich that seemed the ultimate in decadence, because it consisted of potato
salad on one side and tuna salad on the other. When I started making it for
myself, it seemed only natural to combine both salads into one, and then to
throw a hard-cooked egg in there (who doesn’t like egg salad, after all?),
along with a couple of olives for briny tartness.
thick slices rustic-style bread
1 egg
1 small new potato, cut into
½-inch cubes
1 (2.8-ounce) can top-quality
imported Italian or Spanish solid
tuna in olive oil
2 green olives, pitted and
chopped 1 to 2 tablespoons mayonnaise Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
4 or 5 baby spinach leaves,
stacked, rolled, and thinly sliced
Halfway fill a medium bowl
with cold water and add a cup of ice.
Preheat the oven broiler with
the rack set 4 to 5 inches from the flame or element. Toast the bread under the
broiler until deep golden brown on one side, 1 to 2 minutes. Transfer to a
dinner plate.
In a small saucepan set over
high heat, bring a quart of water to a boil. Using an egg pricker or a
thumbtack, carefully poke a hole just through the egg shell on the rounder end.
Use a slotted spoon to carefully lower the egg into the water, along with the
potato cubes. As soon as the water returns to a boil, decrease the heat to
medium-low or low so that the water is barely bubbling. Cook the egg and potato
together for 8 minutes (for a slightly soft yolk in the very center) or 9
minutes for a fully cooked yolk.
Use a slotted spoon to
transfer the egg and potato cubes to the bowl of ice water. When the egg is
cool enough to handle, scoop it out and crack it all over against the
countertop. Remove a piece of shell from the rounder end and return the egg to
the water. After a minute or two, slip off the rest of the shell and transfer
the egg to a cutting board. When it cools, coarsely chop it and transfer it to
a medium mixing bowl. Scoop the potato pieces out of the water and transfer
them to the bowl. Add the tuna, olives, and 1 tablespoon of the mayonnaise to
the bowl and stir to combine, adding up to another tablespoon of mayonnaise if
you want a creamier mixture. Lightly season with salt and pepper to taste.
To assemble the sandwich,
sprinkle the spinach leaves onto the toasted side of one of the slices of
bread, and top with the tunaegg-potato salad and the other slice of bread,
toasted side facing inward. Cut in half and eat.
PHILLY-STYLE CHICKEN CUTLET
SANDWICH
One of my go-to sandwiches
in Washington, D.C., is the chicken cutlet at Taylor Gourmet, where the owners
hail from Philadelphia and the sandwiches are all homages to the way things are
done in the City of Brotherly Love. Their sandwiches are studies in simplicity:
not too many ingredients, but they’re high-quality ones, treated well. I love
their combination of crunchy chicken, bitter and spicy broccoli rabe, and
slightly melting provolone. But at home I like to jazz things up by adding a
mayonnaise spiked with peppadews, those miniature red peppers from South Africa
that are pickled to sweet-and-sour perfection. If you can’t find them,
substitute your favorite bread-and-butter pickle.
tablespoons extra-virgin
olive oil
½ teaspoon red pepper flakes
3 stalks broccoli rabe, cut
into 2-inch pieces 4 or 5 peppadew peppers, drained and finely chopped 1
tablespoon mayonnaise
1 small (about 4 ounces)
boneless, skinless chicken breast half Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper 1
egg
¼ cup Japanese-style panko
slices provolone cheese,
preferably aged (piccante) 1 large soft Portuguese sweet roll or Philly-style
submarine roll,
halved
Pour 1 tablespoon of the oil
into a medium skillet over medium heat. When it starts to shimmer, add the red
pepper flakes and cook, stirring, for a minute or two. Add the broccoli rabe
and sauté until the broccoli rabe is tender, 4 to 5 minutes. Use a slotted
spoon to transfer the broccoli rabe and red pepper flakes to a plate or bowl.
In a small bowl, stir together
the peppadew peppers and mayonnaise.
Lay the chicken between two
large pieces of plastic wrap on your work surface, and pound it to a thickness
of about ¼ inch. Season it generously on all sides with salt and pepper.
In a shallow bowl, whisk the egg
to combine. Spread the panko crumbs onto a plate. Dip the chicken breast in the
egg, then dredge it in the panko crumbs, turning it and patting them on with
your hands to coat the chicken well.
Pour the remaining 2
tablespoons of oil into the skillet over medium heat. When it starts to
shimmer, lay the chicken cutlet in the pan and let it cook undisturbed until it
is golden brown on the bottom, 2 to 3 minutes. Use tongs to turn the cutlet
over, then lay the provolone pieces on the cooked side of the chicken,
overlapping slightly, and cook until the bottom is golden brown and the chicken
is cooked through, 2 to 3 minutes. Transfer the chicken to a serving plate.
To assemble the sandwich,
place the two roll halves on the serving plate. Spread one slice with the
peppadew mayonnaise, then top with the chicken cutlet, broccoli rabe, and
remaining roll half, and eat.
TUNA, CHICKPEA, AND ARUGULA
SANDWICH
This is not the tuna
sandwich of your childhood, but it hits all the right notes: richness from the
oily tuna, starchy goodness from the chickpeas, bitterness from the arugula, a
little tang from the artichoke hearts, and a hell of a tang from the Herbed Lemon
Confit. If you don’t have some of the latter in your refrigerator,
store-bought preserved lemon slices will do.
thick slices rustic-style
bread
1 (2.8-ounce) can top-quality
imported Italian or Spanish solid
tuna in olive oil
¼ cup cooked chickpeas,
preferably homemade, rinsed and
drained
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
marinated artichoke hearts,
drained and chopped 2 tablespoons packed baby arugula leaves, stacked, rolled,
and
thinly sliced
3 slices Herbed Lemon Confit,
drained and chopped
Preheat the oven broiler with
the rack set 4 to 5 inches away from the flame or element. Broil the bread
until it is deep golden brown
on just one side, 1 to 2
minutes, and transfer to a serving plate, toasted side up.
Drain the tuna, squeezing the
oil out of it into a small bowl.
Toss the chickpeas into a
small bowl and pour 2 teaspoons of oil from the tuna over them. Season with
salt and pepper to taste, and use a fork to mash the chickpeas into the oil. If
the mixture seems too dry for your taste, add a little of the marinade from the
artichoke hearts.
To assemble the sandwich,
spread the chickpeas onto the toasted side of one of the pieces of bread; top
with the arugula, artichoke hearts, lemon confit, and tuna. Top with the other
slice of bread, toasted side facing inward, gently press the sandwich with your
hand, cut in half, and eat.
AVOCADO, SMOKED OYSTER, AND
PISTACHIO
BRUSCHETTہ
Shortly after the first
time I went to Cork Wine Bar, a bustling neighborhood restaurant a few blocks
from me in Washington, D.C., I started making one of their signature appetizers
for dinner parties. It’s simply bruschetta with sliced avocado, crushed
pistachios, a drizzle of pistachio oil, and a sprinkle of fleur de sel. It is
rich and pretty perfect as an hors d’oeuvre. When I started making it for
myself, it wasn’t quite doing the trick. I wanted a little protein on there, as
well as something to cut the richness. A can of one of my favorite products,
smoked oysters, was the answer, as were tart green olives. I like to pump up
the smokiness even further by tossing the oysters with a little smoked paprika,
but I’ll leave that up to you. With or without it, this appetizer has grown up
into a meal.
tablespoons raw shelled
pistachios
1 (3-ounce) can smoked
oysters in olive oil, drained ¼ teaspoon pimenton (smoked Spanish paprika)
(optional) 2 thick slices rustic-style bread
½ very ripe avocado, peeled
and pitted 5 or 6 large green olives, pitted and chopped Fleur de sel or other
best-quality flaky sea salt
Heat the pistachios in a
small, dry skillet over medium heat, shaking the pan frequently, until they are
very fragrant and starting to brown in spots, 2 or 3 minutes. Immediately
transfer them to a bowl to stop the cooking.
In a small bowl, toss the
oysters with the pimenton.
Preheat the broiler with the
rack set 4 to 5 inches from the flame or element. Broil the bread on one side
until very dark brown, even slightly blackened in spots, 2 or 3 minutes.
Transfer to a plate.
Divide the avocado flesh
between the two bread slices and spread with a knife. Top with the oysters,
then the green olives and pistachios. Sprinkle with a little salt, and eat.
SMOKED TROUT, GREEN APPLE,
AND GOUDA
SANDWICH
Some of my favorite
sandwiches need very little prep work, just the right combination of top-notch
ingredients. This is one of them. Dark bread, smoky fish, tart apple, and
complex Gouda make magic together. All you have to do is slice, spread, cut,
eat, and smile.
tablespoon mayonnaise 2
slices pumpernickel bread
2 ounces smoked trout, flaked
with a fork
ounce aged Gouda cheese, cut
into thin slices or crumbled ½ small to medium Granny Smith apple, cored and
cut into ¼
inch slices
A few leaves baby arugula or
baby spinach Freshly ground black pepper
To assemble the sandwich,
spread the mayonnaise on one side of both pieces of bread. Mound the trout on
one of the bread slices, then top with the Gouda, the apple, and the arugula.
Season with pepper. Top with the other slice of bread, cut in half, and eat.
CHAPTER 8
RICE, GRAINS, AND PASTA
I could never be an Atkins
diet spokesman, because I love my carbs too much. Over the years, like many
other people, I’ve increased the presence of whole grains in my diet, but I
haven’t pushed white rice and pasta completely out of the way. How could I? Not
when there’s paella, fried rice, risotto, pappardelle, and spaghettini to make.
Pasta, rice, noodles, and
all manner of grains are well suited to the solo cook because they keep so
easily in the pantry, are easy to measure out for small quantities, and,
particularly in the case of rice and grains, freeze so well once they’re
cooked, keeping their taste and texture when defrosted.
THAI FRIED RICE WITH RUNNY
EGG
I’m a longtime fan of
Jeffrey Alford and Naomi Duguid, cookbook authors who produce glorious books
with a journalistic approach to food writing. Their stories and stunning
photographs illuminate the culture behind the food of such places as Southeast
Asia and lesser-known parts of China. They’re also great fun to talk to, and
when I interviewed them about their ways with fried rice (which they often make
for themselves at home when one or the other is traveling), they insisted that
for my own eating pleasure I make sure to always have nam pla prik in my
refrigerator. This Thai condiment is simply fish sauce and chiles, which sounds
like an almost lethally pungent combination, but when you make it, something
magical happens. Each ingredient tames the other one, an effect that increases
the longer the sauce sits in the refrigerator. This recipe is designed to use
leftover rice, such as the stuff that comes in spades with Chinese takeout
orders. Fresh rice doesn’t work as well because it sticks. If you don’t have a
wok, you can use a nonstick skillet for this recipe, but it will take longer
and won’t be as much fun.
NAM PLA PRIK ½ cup Thai
chiles 1 cup Asian fish sauce
FRIED RICE
1 tablespoon plus
1 teaspoon vegetable or
peanut oil 4 cloves garlic, chopped
cup oyster or other
mushrooms, cut into ½-inch pieces 1 cup cold cooked white or brown rice or
farro scallions, white and green parts, thinly sliced 1 tomato, cored and
chopped (or substitute ½ cup canned
crushed tomatoes)
2 teaspoons Asian fish sauce,
plus more to taste 1 teaspoon low-sodium soy sauce, plus more to taste 1 egg
or sea salt and freshly
ground pepper Leaves from 10 to 12 cilantro sprigs (about 2 tablespoons)
chopped
½ small cucumber, thinly
sliced (about ¼ cup) ½ lime, cut into wedges
To make the nam pla prik, don
food-safe gloves and stem the chiles, then thinly slice. (Alternatively, place
the stemmed chiles in a food processor and pulse a few times, being careful not
to puree them.) Transfer the chiles, including the seeds, to a glass container
with a tight-fitting lid; add the fish sauce. Close tightly and refrigerate
indefinitely. (The longer the mixture keeps, the more both ingredients will
mellow. If desired, just replenish with more chile peppers or fish sauce
whenever either gets low.)
To make the fried rice,
remember to have everything measured out and ready before you start, because
with high-heat stir-frying,
everything happens pretty
quickly. Heat a 14-inch flat-bottomed wok over high heat until a drop of water
vaporizes within a second or two. Swirl in the 1 tablespoon of oil to coat the
sides and bottom, then add the garlic and stir-fry until the garlic is just
golden, about 20 seconds. Add the mushrooms and stir-fry until softened, 1 to 2
minutes. Resist the urge to turn down the heat, and keep everything moving.
Add the rice, breaking it up
with your fingers as you toss it into the wok. Use a heatproof spatula to keep
the rice moving for 2 to 3 minutes, scooping and tossing and pressing the rice
against the bottom and sides of the wok to sear it. Add the scallions, tomato,
fish sauce, and soy sauce. Stir-fry until the tomato breaks up and the
scallions slightly soften, 30 seconds. Transfer the mixture to a dinner plate.
Wipe out the wok and decrease
the heat to low. Pour the remaining 1 teaspoon oil into the wok. Break the egg
into a small bowl, then carefully tip the egg from the bowl into the wok.
Season with salt and pepper, cover, and cook until the top of the egg has
barely filmed over with white and the yolk is still runny, about 2 minutes.
Carefully lift out the egg and place it atop the rice.
Garnish with the cilantro,
cucumber slices, and wedges of lime, and eat it with as much nam pla prik as
you wish, sprinkling it a teaspoon at a time onto the rice to taste along with
squeezes of lime juice as you eat.
CORN RISOTTO WITH ROASTED
CHERRY
TOMATOES
Like so many other American
cooks, I learned to make risotto from Marcella Hazan—not directly, of course,
although wouldn’t that be great? This is a quintessentially summertime recipe;
make it when fresh corn, tomatoes, and basil are all converging on your local
farmers’ market or farmstand. Risotto is one of those dishes that makes great
leftovers—especially to form into balls, stuff with cheese, roll in bread
crumbs, and fry to make arancini. So if you like the thought of that in your
future, feel free to double or triple this recipe. Eat this with a vibrant
green salad and some chewy bread for a filling supper.
½ pint cherry tomatoes, stems
removed 2 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil Salt and freshly ground black
pepper 1 to 1½ cups Corn Brothor vegetable stock 1 shallot lobe, coarsely
chopped
1 clove garlic, coarsely
chopped
Kernels from 1 ear fresh corn
(about ¾ cup) ¾ cup Arborio or other risotto rice
¼ cup dry white wine 2
teaspoons unsalted butter 2 tablespoons freshly grated Parmigiano-Reggiano
cheese 2 or 3 large basil leaves, stacked, rolled, and thinly sliced
Preheat the oven to 400°F.
Line a small roasting pan or baking sheet with aluminum foil.
Put the cherry tomatoes on
the prepared pan and toss with 1 tablespoon of the oil and salt and pepper to
taste. Roast for about 30 minutes, until the tomatoes collapse and brown
slightly.
Meanwhile, in a small
saucepan, bring the corn broth to a simmer over medium heat, turn down the heat
to low, and cover.
Heat the remaining 1
tablespoon of oil in a small heavy saucepan over medium heat. When it shimmers,
add the shallot and garlic and cook, stirring occasionally, until the
vegetables are slightly soft, 3 to 4 minutes. Toss in the corn kernels and rice
and cook, stirring quickly, until the rice grains are well coated, 1 to 2
minutes. Pour in the wine and cook the rice, stirring frequently, until the
liquid is almost gone, 5 minutes. Pour in ¼ cup of the hot corn broth and
repeat, cooking and stirring, being sure to scrape the bottom of the pan when
you stir so the rice doesn’t stick. When the liquid is almost gone, add another
¼ cup of corn stock and continue cooking and stirring. Repeat until the rice
has been cooking for about 20 minutes total. Taste to see if it is tender but
al dente (still slightly firm to the bite inside the rice). Stir in the cherry
tomatoes. Cook for another few minutes until the rice is tender but not mushy,
adding a little more liquid to keep it very moist but not runny.
When the rice is done to your
liking, add the butter and cheese. Stir to combine, taste, and add more salt if
necessary. Transfer to a shallow bowl, top with the basil, and eat.
FRIED RICE WITH CAULIFLOWER
AND KIMCHI
The best thing about kimchi
is this: It packs so much flavor and complexity, you can use it to make
lightning-quick meals that taste as if they took hours to prepare. This fried
rice, for instance, comes together in mere minutes. Cutting up the cauliflower
might be the most time-consuming part. And yet this dish is downright
addictive. If you don’t have a wok, you can use a large nonstick skillet for
this fried rice, but it will take a little longer to cook.
tablespoon vegetable or
peanut oil
½ small (5 to 6 ounces)
cauliflower, cored and cut into ½-inch
pieces
1 cup cold cooked white or
brown rice or farro
½ cup Cabbage and Pear
Kimchi, or your favorite store-bought
kimchi, chopped
1 scallion, white and green
parts, thinly sliced Soy sauce
Remember to have everything
measured out and ready before you start, because with high-heat stir-frying,
everything happens pretty quickly.
Heat a 14-inch flat-bottomed
wok over high heat until a drop of water vaporizes within a second or two.
Swirl in the oil to coat the sides and bottom. Add the cauliflower and stir-fry
until it softens and starts to brown, 3 to 4 minutes. Resist the urge to turn
down the heat, and keep everything moving.
Add the rice, breaking it up
with your fingers as you toss it into the wok. Use a heatproof spatula to keep
the rice moving for 2 to 3 minutes, scooping and tossing and pressing the rice
against the bottom and sides of the wok to sear it. Add the kimchi and
scallion, and stir-fry until the kimchi heats through and the scallion softens,
30 to 60 seconds.
Season to taste with soy sauce,
transfer to a dinner plate, and eat.
WOK FOR ONE
You’d think a wok would be
too big for single-serving meals, but you’d be wrong. I use mine for fried rice
and wouldn’t want to make it any other way. Even with smaller amounts, a
regular-size wok (14 inches) provides the room you need to keep all the
ingredients moving.
I don’t have a wok ring on my
stove, but these days you can buy woks that are flat on the very bottom but
still have the bowl-like shape that allows such great tossing, scooping, and
turning.
Buy a carbon-steel wok, not a
nonstick one. The carbon steel conducts heat so efficiently that you can get
the thing blazing hot, which is what you want for effective stir-frying. Once
the wok is properly seasoned (I am a devotee of Grace Young’s instructions in
The Breath of a Wok), it will turn as slick as glass—much more nonstick than
anything coated.
CURRIED BUTTERNUT SQUASH
RISOTTO
This recipe was inspired by
my discovery of single-serving-size butternut squash the size of hand weights
at my local farmers’ markets. Roasted butternut squash is a great thing to have
on hand for use in various other dishes, though, so feel free to roast a larger
one and use ½ cup of the flesh here, refrigerating the rest for up to a week or
freezing for several months in an airtight container.
tablespoons shelled raw,
unsalted pistachios 2 tablespoons unsweetened coconut flakes
1 small (8 ounces) butternut
squash, cut in half, seeds removed Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper 2
teaspoons extra-virgin olive oil About 2 cups low-sodium vegetable broth ½
teaspoon curry powder
1 large shallot lobe,
coarsely chopped 1 plump clove garlic, coarsely chopped 1⁄3 cup Arborio or
other risotto rice 1 teaspoon unsalted butter
Preheat the oven to 400°F.
Line a small roasting pan with aluminum foil.
Set a small, dry skillet over
medium heat and add the pistachios, toasting them while stirring or shaking the
pan frequently, until they have browned evenly, 3 to 4 minutes. Immediately
transfer them to a plate to cool, then coarsely chop.
Return the skillet to the
stovetop over medium-low heat and add the coconut flakes. Toast them until they
are light brown and fragrant, stirring often to prevent burning, 3 to 4
minutes. Immediately transfer them to a plate to cool.
Season the squash lightly
with salt and pepper, and place it cut side up in the prepared roasting pan.
Drizzle with 1 teaspoon of the oil. Roast for 35 to 40 minutes, until the
squash is tender enough to be pierced easily with a fork. (Alternatively,
microwave it on High, uncovered, for 4 to 6 minutes, until tender.) Let it
cool, then scoop out the flesh and mash it with a fork; you should have about ½
cup.
Meanwhile, bring the broth to
a boil in a small saucepan over medium-high heat. Decrease the heat to low and
cover.
Heat the remaining 1 teaspoon
of oil in a small, heavy saucepan over medium heat. Stir in the curry powder
and cook until it is fragrant and sizzling, about 30 seconds. Add the shallot
and garlic and cook, stirring occasionally, until they are slightly soft, 3 to
4 minutes. Toss in the rice and cook, stirring until the grains are evenly
coated, 1 to 2 minutes. Pour in ¼ cup of the hot broth and cook the rice,
stirring frequently, until the liquid is absorbed. Be
sure to scrape the bottom of
the pan frequently to keep the rice from sticking. Repeat with ¼-cup amounts,
allowing the broth to be absorbed before the next addition; this will take
about 20 minutes. You should end up using about 1½ to 1¾ cups of broth. The
rice should be tender but al dente (still slightly firm to the bite inside the
rice grain). Add the butternut squash. Cook for few minutes, until the rice is
tender but not mushy, adding some of the remaining broth to keep the risotto
moist but not soupy.
When the rice is done to your
liking, stir in the butter, taste, and add salt if necessary. Transfer to a
shallow bowl, sprinkle with the pistachios and coconut, and eat while the
risotto is hot.
PERSONAL PAELLA WITH SQUID
AND
SCALLIONS
Ask my Catalan friend Pep
and my Catalan-wannabe friend Ted which of the three of us makes the best
paella, and prepare to hear much wailing and gnashing of teeth. Then you’ll
hear many excuses about exactly how and why I, neither having the privilege of
a) growing up in Spain (Pep) nor b) having written a newspaper story about
paella after interviewing the Spanish cooking authority Penelope Casas (Ted),
managed to mop the floor with both of them in a paella cook-off when I lived in
Boston several years ago. What can I say? The crowd was the judge, and the
choice was clear. Of course, paella is a renowned dish for groups: In Spain,
cooks will put a gargantuan paella pan over a huge fire to feed dozens. But
with the right pan (I love my trusty steel crepe pan), it’s easy enough to make
for one, too.
cup seafood stock or clam
juice Small pinch of crumbled saffron
¼ teaspoon pimenton (smoked
Spanish paprika) 4 to 5 ounces cleaned squid, bodies cut into ¼-inch rings and
tentacles halved lengthwise
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper 2
teaspoons extra-virgin olive oil
1⁄8 teaspoon red pepper
flakes, or more to taste 2 scallions, white and green parts, thinly sliced 2
cloves garlic, minced
1⁄3 cup Arborio, Bomba, or
other short-grain rice
large cherry tomatoes,
quartered Preheat the oven to 400°F.
Combine the seafood stock,
saffron, and pimenton in a small saucepan over medium heat and bring to a
simmer; reduce the heat to very low and cover.
Lightly season the squid with
salt and pepper. In an 8-inch castiron or other heavy skillet, heat 1 teaspoon
of the olive oil over medium-high heat. When it shimmers, add the squid and
cook, stirring frequently, just until the squid lose any translucence and exude
their juices, 30 to 60 seconds. Transfer the squid to a plate and decrease the
heat to medium. Add the remaining 1 teaspoon of oil, then the red pepper
flakes, scallions, and garlic and sauté until the scallion starts to soften,
another 2 to 3 minutes. Add the rice and cook until the grains are well coated
with the pan mixture, 1 minute.
Pour in the hot broth and
bring to a gentle boil. Decrease the heat to medium-low. Taste the liquid and
add salt to taste, then let it continue to gently bubble, swirling the pan
occasionally, for 8 to 10 minutes, or until the rice has swelled and absorbed
much of the liquid; it should still be slightly soupy.
Stir in the squid and
tomatoes. Transfer the pan to the oven and bake, uncovered, for 10 to 15
minutes, until the rice is al dente, or
mostly tender but with a
little resistance in the center.
Remove the pan from the oven,
cover with a lid or aluminum foil, and let it sit for about 5 minutes, until
the rice is tender. Uncover and return it to the stovetop over medium-high heat
and cook for about 2 more minutes, to brown the bottom of the rice.
Spoon it out onto a plate,
and eat, Don’t worry if it sticks. Just scrape it up and know that this is what
the Spanish call soccarat, the crispy pieces that are considered a sign of a
great paella.
FAUX-LOGNESE WITH PAPPARDELLE
True Bolognese sauce takes
hours to simmer and deepen. Since the Yucatan-Style Slow-Roasted Pork is
already deeply flavored from all those hours in the oven, all you need to do is
take it on a brief trip to Italy. This makes a very hearty all-inclusive
serving for one; you could easily stretch it to serve two by boiling up a
little extra pasta and including a salad and some bread on the table.
ounces pappardelle or other
wide noodles
1 tablespoon extra-virgin
olive oil
1 slice pancetta, finely
chopped (or substitute bacon) 1 shallot lobe, finely chopped
1 small carrot, finely
chopped 1 small celery stalk, finely chopped
½ cup Yucatan-Style
Slow-Roasted Pork, chopped ¼ cup dry white wine
¼ cup canned crushed tomatoes
2 to 3 tablespoons whole
milk, plus more as needed Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
Freshly grated
Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese
Bring a 2-quart pot of salted
water to a boil. Add the pasta, stir a few times to keep it from sticking, and
cook according to the package instructions, until just al dente.
While the water is heating
and the pasta is cooking, pour the olive oil into a medium heavy skillet over
medium heat. When the oil starts to shimmer, add the pancetta, shallot, carrot,
and celery and cook, stirring frequently, until it just starts to brown in
spots, 6 to 8 minutes.
Add the pork, using a wooden
spoon to stir it in and break it up as it cooks. Stir in the wine, cook for a
minute or two until it is incorporated, then add the tomatoes and 2 tablespoons
of the milk. Cook for another couple of minutes, and add more milk if needed to
keep the sauce loose. Taste and season with salt and pepper. Decrease the heat
to low and cover to keep the sauce warm while the pasta finishes cooking.
When the pasta is ready, use
tongs or a strainer to scoop it out of the water, holding it above the pot to
drain off excess water, and plop it into the sauce in the pan. Toss it to
combine, then transfer it to a bowl, sprinkle the cheese on top, and eat.
Note:If you don’t
have any leftover slow-roasted pork, you can substitute 4 ounces of raw ground
pork. Brown it in the skillet before adding the bacon-and-vegetable mixture and
proceed with the directions.
FARFALLE WITH CANTALOUPE AND
PROSCIUTTO
The thought of this dish
came to me when I saw new varieties of individually sized cantaloupes, about
the size of grapefruits, at my local farmers’ markets. As a single cook, I’m
drawn to anything with that single-serving thing going for it. But if you can’t
find any of these little ones, use 1 cup of the flesh from a larger cantaloupe
and save the rest for breakfast or a snack the next day. Now, I can imagine
what you’re thinking: pasta with cantaloupe? Seriously? I first read about it
in Giuliano Hazan’s Thirty-Minute Pasta and knew I had to downscale it—and add
prosciutto, such a natural thing to pair with cantaloupe.
ounces dried farfalle
(bow-tie) pasta 2 teaspoons extra-virgin olive oil ½ teaspoon red pepper flakes
slice prosciutto, cut
crosswise into very thin strips 1 very ripe baby cantaloupe (about 10 ounces),
peeled, seeded,
and cut into ½-inch cubes (about 1 cup)
½ teaspoon tomato paste
1 tablespoon nonfat
Greek-style yogurt Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper
Freshly grated
Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese
to 4 large fresh basil
leaves, stacked, rolled, and thinly sliced
Bring a 2-quart pot of salted
water to a boil over high heat. Cook the pasta according to the package
directions, until it is just al dente. Drain, reserving ½ cup of the cooking
water.
Meanwhile, line a plate with
a few layers of paper towels. Heat the oil in a small nonstick skillet over
medium-high heat. Add the red pepper flakes and prosciutto; cook until the
prosciutto is browned and crisp, about 5 minutes. Drain the prosciutto on the
paper towel-lined plate.
Add the cantaloupe to the
skillet and cook until it forms a chunky sauce, 4 to 6 minutes. Add the tomato
paste, cook for 1 minute, then remove the skillet from the heat and add the
yogurt, stirring to incorporate. Add the cooked pasta and toss to combine,
adding some of the reserved pasta cooking water as needed if the sauce is too
thick for your taste. Add salt and pepper to taste.
Transfer to a bowl, sprinkle
with the cheese, basil, and reserved prosciutto, and eat.
FARRO SALAD WITH CHICKPEAS,
CHERRIES,
AND PECANS
My introduction to the joys
of room-temperature farro salad came years ago in Boston, when I wrote an
article about two chefcouples’ different approaches to an outdoor dinner party.
Gabriel Frasca and Amanda Lydon, who have since taken over the storied Straight
Wharf restaurant on Nantucket to much acclaim, cooked the farro in the oven,
then combined it with, among other things, fresh cherries, blanched and sautéed
broccoli rabe, and pecans. Besides scaling it down to single-serving size, I
stripped down their method considerably, standing in fresh arugula for the
broccoli rabe so I don’t have to cook it, adding protein in the form of
chickpeas, and using dried cherries instead of fresh because I can get them
year-round.
tablespoons raw unsalted
pecans
1 cup cooked farro (see sidebar) (or
substitute cooked white or
brown rice or barley), cooled
1⁄3 cup cooked chickpeas,
preferably homemade, rinsed and
drained
½ cup lightly packed baby
arugula leaves, coarsely chopped ¼ cup canned diced tomatoes and their juice 2
tablespoons unsweetened dried cherries 1 shallot lobe, finely chopped
6 large mint leaves, chopped
1 tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar Kosher or sea
salt
Freshly ground black pepper
Toast the pecans in a small,
dry skillet over mediumhigh heat, shaking the pan frequently, until they start
to turn dark brown and smell very fragrant, 2 to 3 minutes. Immediately
transfer them to a plate to cool.
In a medium bowl, combine the
farro, chickpeas, arugula, tomatoes, cherries, pecans, shallot, and mint; toss
to combine. Add the olive oil and red wine vinegar, toss, add salt and pepper
to taste, and eat.
MAKING FARRO
I love the nutty flavor and
slightly chewy texture of farro, the ancient wheat grain that’s become popular
in recent years, thanks to the ongoing influence of regional Italian cooking
traditions in the United States. I also find it exceedingly easy and forgiving
to cook. Some cooks suggest soaking it overnight and then cooking it like rice,
but I find it easiest to simply boil it like pasta until it’s as tender as you
want, no soaking required.
You can find farro in
health-food stores and stores with a good selection of traditional, imported
Italian ingredients. Imported Italian farro typically comes in a 1-pound bag,
often vacuum sealed. Here’s how I like to cook it:
1. Bring a large pot of
salted water to a boil.
2. Add the farro and continue
boiling until the grains are
mostly tender but still have a slight chewiness to
them, 25 to 30 minutes. Drain in a fine-mesh colander and cool.
One pound of dried farro
makes about 6 cups cooked, which you can refrigerate in an airtight container
for up to 2 weeks or freeze for several months. Just transfer it to the
refrigerator to let it defrost overnight or all day before using.
CHARRED ASPARAGUS, TOFU AND
FARRO
SALAD
Because I was so used to
the watery texture and bland taste of regular tofu, the flavor and texture of
marinated and baked tofu was a revelation: a little chewy and nicely tangy from
the addition of soy sauce. I know you can make it yourself, but the storebought
kind is so easy to come by that I can’t pass it up, especially because it
improves even further with more cooking, such as broiling it along with asparagus
to add crispness and color. This recipe is my concession to being outdoor
space-challenged, meaning that instead of firing up my trusty Weber like I used
to when I had a yard, I crank up the broiler to get a similar flamekissed
effect, without the smoke, of course. If you have a grill, by all means feel
free to use a perforated grill pan or vegetable basket for the asparagus and
tofu, cooking them until they get charred spots.
spears asparagus, woody ends
trimmed
4 ounces store-bought baked
tofu, preferably teriyaki-flavored,
cut into ½-inch cubes
Kosher or sea salt
Freshly ground black pepper 1
tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil
cup cooked
farro(or substitute cooked white or brown rice or
barley), cooled
1 scallion, white and green
parts, thinly sliced 1 teaspoon capers, drained
2 tablespoons Cashew Tamari
Dressing, or more to taste
Preheat the broiler with the
rack set 4 to 5 inches from the flame or element. Line a small baking sheet
with aluminum foil.
Arrange the asparagus spears
and tofu in a single layer on the prepared baking sheet. Season generously with
salt and pepper, then drizzle with the oil. Broil for 6 to 8 minutes, until the
asparagus and tofu have charred a deep brown, almost black, on one side. Remove
and transfer to a plate to cool.
While the asparagus and tofu
are cooling, combine the farro, scallion, and capers in a medium bowl. When the
asparagus and tofu are cool enough to handle, chop the asparagus into bite-size
pieces and add it, along with the tofu, to the farro mixture. Pour in the
dressing and toss to combine. Taste, adjust the seasoning with more salt and/or
dressing, if desired, and eat.
Note:If you don’t
have the Cashew Tamari Dressingin the refrigerator, you can substitute 2
teaspoons tamari, 1 tablespoon olive oil, and 1 tablespoon chopped cashews.
MISO MAC AND CHEESE WITH
MUSHROOMS
Miso is a common ingredient
in vegan versions of cheesey recipes, because it helps make up for the sharp
complexity that’s missing without any dairy products. I love cheese too much to
ever leave it out, so why choose? Combining the two together, and adding
mushrooms, makes for a powerfully flavored dish that packs a punch of umami.
This is a light dinner for one that you can bulk up with a salad.
teaspoon extra-virgin olive
oil
2 ounces cremini, button, or
other mushrooms, chopped (about
1 cup)
1 tablespoon unsalted butter
1 tablespoon all-purpose flour ¼ cup whole or low-fat milk
2 ounces sharp Cheddar
cheese, grated (about 1⁄3 cup) 2 teaspoons white miso
2 ounces (about ¾ cup dry)
elbow macaroni, cooked and drained Freshly ground black pepper
3 tablespoons Japanese-style
panko
Pour the oil into a small
saucepan over medium heat. When it shimmers, add the mushrooms. Cook, stirring
occasionally, until
the mushrooms release their
liquid and start to soften, about 5 minutes. Line a plate with paper towels,
and use a slotted spoon to transfer the mushrooms to the plate. Pour off and
discard the liquid and oil from the saucepan, and wipe it out.
In the same saucepan, melt
the butter. When its foam subsides, whisk in the flour until smooth. Cook,
stirring, until the mixture thickens a bit and the raw flour taste is gone, 2
to 3 minutes. Add the milk, cheese, and miso and stir until the cheese melts.
Add the macaroni and
mushrooms, stir to thoroughly combine, and remove from the heat. Season
generously with black pepper.
Preheat the broiler with the
rack set 4 to 5 inches from the flame or element. Oil a small baking dish.
Transfer the macaroni mixture to the prepared baking dish and sprinkle the
panko crumbs on top. Broil until the panko crumbs have browned, 1 to 2 minutes.
Remove from the broiler, let
cool slightly, spoon onto a plate, and eat.
SPICY ALMOND SOBA NOODLES
WITH
EDAMAME
This is one of my go-to
vegetarian meals, probably because the almonds and almond butter (one of my
addictions) helps me forget the dish is meatless. The combination of textures
also helps make this dish satisfying, and the salad keeps well at room temperature,
making it perfect for brown-bagging. The recipe scales up easily, and any
leftovers can be refrigerated in an airtight container for up to 3 days. Almond
butter is available at natural foods stores, many supermarkets, Whole Foods
Market, and Trader Joe’s.
ounces dried soba noodles
½ cup shelled edamame (fresh
or frozen) 1 tablespoon sliced raw almonds
1 tablespoon almond butter
(or substitute peanut or other nut
butter)
2 teaspoons unseasoned rice
vinegar, or more to taste 1 clove garlic, crushed and finely chopped ¼ teaspoon
red pepper flakes, plus more to taste 2 tablespoons hot water, plus more as
needed Kosher or sea salt
1 scallion, white and green
parts, thinly sliced ½ red bell pepper, stemmed, seeded, and thinly sliced
Bring a large pot of salted
water to a boil over medium-high heat. Add the soba noodles and cook for 6 to 8
minutes, or according to
package directions, until
they are barely tender. Use tongs to transfer the cooked noodles to an
individual-serving bowl, reserving the cooking water in the pot. Return the
water to a boil over medium-high heat. Add the edamame and cook until tender,
about 5 minutes. Drain and add to the noodles.
Meanwhile, toast the almonds
in a small, dry skillet over mediumhigh heat, shaking the pan frequently, until
lightly browned and smelling toasty, 2 to 3 minutes. Be careful not to let them
burn. Immediately transfer to a plate to cool. When they have cooled, coarsely
chop them.
To make the dressing, combine
the almond butter, vinegar, garlic, and red pepper flakes in a small bowl. Add
the hot water, stirring to mix well. If the dressing seems too thick, add more
hot water, a teaspoon at a time, until it has reached the consistency you want.
Add salt to taste; add more vinegar if you want the sauce tangier, and more red
pepper flakes if you’d like it spicier.
Add the dressing to the
noodles and edamame, along with the scallion, bell pepper, and chopped almonds.
Toss to combine, adding more water if necessary, and eat.
FEDELINI WITH TUNA RAGU
My friend Domenica
Marchetti knows her pasta. She’s the author of several fantastic books on
Italian cooking, but the latest, The Glorious Pasta of Italy, is probably the
closest to her heart, so I had to ask her what kind of dish this mother and
wife might make for herself on a night she’s alone. She picked something that
she grew up with, that her family made just once a year as part of the
traditional Italian “feast of the seven fishes” on Christmas Eve. It dawned on
her that she didn’t need to wait for the holidays to make it, and now, neither
do I. It’s right up my alley. In fact, the day she sent me the recipe, I looked
in my fridge and pantry to confirm I had every single ingredient on hand. I
couldn’t help but smile; dinner was sealed, deliciously.
(14.5-ounce) can diced
tomatoes 1 large clove garlic, lightly crushed
2 teaspoons finely chopped
fresh Italian flat-leaf parsley 1 tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil
1⁄8 teaspoon fine sea salt,
or to taste ¼ teaspoon red pepper flakes
1 (2.8-ounce) can top-quality
imported Italian or Spanish solid
tuna in olive oil, not drained
1 or 2 best-quality imported
Italian or Spanish anchovy fillets in
olive oil, coarsely chopped
teaspoon capers, drained and
minced
3 ounces dried fedelini or
cappellini (angel hair pasta)
Pour the tomatoes and their
juices into a medium heavy saucepan and use a wooden spoon to mash them up a
bit. Add the garlic, 1 teaspoon of the parsley, the olive oil, salt, and red
pepper flakes. Turn the heat on to medium and bring to a simmer. Decrease the
heat to medium-low and cook, stirring occasionally, until the tomatoes have
thickened to a sauce consistency, about 20 minutes. (Reduce the heat to low if
necessary to keep the sauce at a gentle simmer.)
Stir in the tuna, anchovies,
capers, and the remaining 1 teaspoon of parsley. Cook until the sauce is heated
through and the ingredients have all melded together nicely, another 3 to 5
minutes.
While the sauce is cooking,
bring a pot of salted water to a boil. Add the pasta and stir to separate the
noodles. Cook, according to the manufacturer’s instructions, until al dente.
Drain the pasta, reserving ½ cup of the cooking liquid.
Return the pasta to the pot
and spoon some of the sauce over it. Toss well to thoroughly coat the noodles,
adding a splash or two of the reserved cooking liquid if necessary to loosen
the sauce. Transfer the pasta to a bowl, top with additional sauce, and eat.
Note:Any leftover
sauce makes a delicious topping for bruschetta or crostini.
FIDEOS WITH SARDINES AND
BREAD CRUMBS
When my Catalan friend Pep
made me fideos, the Spanish dish that’s much like a paella but with pasta
instead of rice, the first thing I thought was: delicious. The second: What a
great thing to make for one. You don’t have to boil the pasta, the whole dish
can be made in a single skillet, and you can scale it down easily. I like to
make it with sardines because they last so long in my cupboard or refrigerator,
they’re considered one of the more eco-friendly fish in the world, and they
give the pasta a salty, funky taste I love. This makes a hearty meal for one,
but you can easily stretch it to serve two with a salad or another vegetable
and bread on the side.
¼ cups fish stock, clam
juice, or water
1 plump clove garlic, thinly
sliced 2 shallot lobes, thinly sliced
1 plum tomato, cored and
chopped (or substitute 2 tablespoons
canned crushed tomatoes)
½ small fennel bulb, cored
and finely chopped ½ teaspoon fine sea salt
2 tablespoons extra-virgin
olive oil
1½ tablespoons coarse dried
bread crumbs, preferably
homemade
slice bacon, thinly sliced
ounces spaghettini, broken
into 2-inch lengths (or substitute
spaghetti or vermicelli)
½ (3.75-ounce) can sardines
in olive oil, drained and chopped Freshly ground black pepper
Preheat the broiler with the
rack 4 to 5 inches from the flame or element.
In a small saucepan over
medium-high heat, combine the fish stock, garlic, shallot, tomato, fennel, and
salt, and bring to a boil. Decrease the heat to medium-low, cover, and simmer
for about 10 minutes. Reduce the heat to very low and keep it hot.
Line a plate with paper
towels. Pour 1 tablespoon of the olive oil into a small oven-safe skillet (that
comes with a lid) over medium heat. When it starts to shimmer, add the bread
crumbs and toast until golden brown, 1 or 2 minutes, watching carefully so they
don’t burn. Transfer the bread crumbs to the paper towel-lined plate, wipe out
the skillet, and return it to the heat.
Pour the remaining 1
tablespoon of olive oil into the skillet. When it starts to shimmer, add the
bacon and sauté until the bacon is browned and crispy, 2 to 3 minutes. Use a
slotted spoon to transfer the bacon to the plate with the bread crumbs.
Toss the spaghettini pieces
into the skillet and cook, tossing constantly with tongs, until they are
toasted brown, mottled, and look like pretzel sticks, about 5 minutes. Pour in half
of the hot fish
stock, cover, and cook until
it is almost absorbed, about 4 minutes. Add the remaining stock along with the
vegetables, increase the heat to high, and cook uncovered, shaking the pan
occasionally, until the mixture is only slightly soupy and the spaghettini
pieces are slightly firmer than al dente, another 4 to 5 minutes.
Stir in the sardines,
transfer the skillet to the broiler, and broil, watching carefully so it
doesn’t burn, until the fideos are darkly browned in spots on top and the
liquid is absorbed, 1 to 2 minutes.
Scoop the fideos onto a
plate, sprinkle the bacon pieces and bread crumbs on top, and eat.
CHAPTER 9
DESSERTS
Dessert is for company, and
you can’t be bothered, right? You’ve already made dinner for yourself—and
there’s just no way you’re going to take time to make a sweet meal-ender, too.
I get it. As much as I love
to bake, I have never once pulled out my pastry bag to pipe a rosette of
whipped cream onto pie unless I’m serving it to friends. But that doesn’t mean
my sweet tooth deactivates when I’m cooking for myself. And that can be a
dangerous thing. So when I have a dinner party, I pawn off cake or pie
leftovers on departing guests and instead stock my fridge, freezer, and pantry
with lighter ways to get my dessert fix: a yogurt parfait, for instance, or
just some good fruit, nuts, and a little drizzle of honey.
There are times, though,
when my need to actually bake (or, more accurately, eat something baked) gets
the best of me. So I keep balls of cookie dough in my freezer, and bake off a
few at a time when I need a fix. Or I use that modern baker’s godsend, frozen
all-butter puff
pastry, as the base for a
quick, individually sized fruit tart.
I do such things partly
because that sweet tooth is aching and partly because, after a long day of work
and a tasty dinner, I deserve dessert, too. Don’t you?
NO-BAKE CHOCOLATE OAT COOKIES
It wasn’t until I moved to
Washington, D.C., that it hit me why my mother always made the no-bake cookies some
people call Raggedy Robins. It was the no-bake part she liked. During a West
Texas summer, as in D.C., you definitely want to avoid any recipes that begin
with the words “Preheat the oven,” especially when you can get something so
delicious without heat. I was compelled to tart these up a little bit, using
higher-quality chocolate than we could get in West Texas in the 1970s and
1980s, deepening it further with instant espresso, and using almond butter
instead of peanut. And I wanted to use rolled oats instead of the more highly
processed instant ones. The result: an easy cookie—more of a confection than a
cookie, honestly—that has grown-up kid appeal.
Makes about 36 cookies
½ cup sliced raw almonds 6 ounces high-quality bittersweet
chocolate
(preferably at least 60% cacao), chopped ½ cup sugar
1 teaspoon instant espresso 6
tablespoons unsalted butter ½ cup whole milk
2/3 cup almond butter 1
teaspoon almond extract
cups rolled oats
½ cup unsweetened dried
cherries, chopped 2 tablespoons fleur de sel or other flaky sea salt ¼ cup
unsweetened cocoa powder
Line a baking sheet with
parchment or waxed paper.
Toast the almonds in a small,
dry skillet over medium-high heat, shaking the pan frequently, until lightly
browned and smelling toasty, 2 to 3 minutes. Be careful not to let them burn.
Immediately transfer to a plate to cool.
In a medium saucepan, combine
the chocolate, sugar, instant espresso, butter, and milk and stir over medium
heat until the chocolate and butter have melted and the mixture is smooth. Stir
in the almond butter and almond extract until smooth, then stir in the oats.
Cook, stirring frequently, until the oats are slightly softened, 3 to 5 minutes.
Remove from the heat and stir in the cherries and almonds, mixing well to
combine.
Let cool slightly, then scoop
out the dough by the rounded tablespoon and drop onto the parchment-lined
baking sheet. (Don’t worry about spacing them far apart; since they aren’t
baked, they won’t spread.) Sprinkle the cookies with the sea salt, then sift
cocoa powder generously over the tops.
Transfer the baking sheet to
the refrigerator and chill the cookies for at least 1 hour, until they have
firmed up. Store in an airtight
container in the refrigerator
for up to 2 weeks, or in the freezer for several months.
CARDAMOM-BROWN SUGAR
SNICKERDOODLES
I know I’m not alone when I
say that snickerdoodles were my favorite cookie as a kid. Hell, they’re pretty
much my favorite cookie as an adult. My mother’s 1970s recipe used shortening,
but I prefer to make them with all butter, to deepen their flavor with brown
sugar, and to scent them heavily with ethereal cardamom. This recipe calls for
them to cool on a wire rack, but do yourself a favor and eat at least a few
while they’re still warm, and be prepared to go weak-kneed. Snickerdoodles will
keep at room temperature, in an airtight container, for about 3 days.
Makes about 70 cookies
¾ cups all-purpose flour 2
teaspoons cream of tartar 1 teaspoon baking soda
1½ teaspoons ground cardamom
¼ teaspoon salt
1 cup unsalted butter, at
room temperature 1½ cups packed light brown sugar 2 eggs
1 teaspoon vanilla extract ¼
cup granulated sugar
In a large bowl, sift
together the flour, cream of tartar, baking soda, 1 teaspoon of the cardamom,
and salt.
Combine the butter and brown
sugar in the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment. Beat on
medium speed for 1 minute. Turn the speed to high and beat until very light and
fluffy, 2 or 3 minutes, stopping a couple of times to scrape down the sides of
the bowl as needed. Decrease the speed to medium and beat in the eggs, one at a
time, and the vanilla.
Turn off the mixer. Add about
one-third of the dry ingredients to the mixer bowl, and beat on low speed until
fully incorporated. Repeat two more times, stopping to scrape down the sides of
the bowl as needed, until the dry ingredients are incorporated.
Transfer the dough to the refrigerator
and chill for about an hour, until firm.
In a medium bowl, stir
together the granulated sugar and remaining ½ teaspoon of cardamom. Use a #100
disher (a ¾tablespoon scoop) or a tablespoon to scoop small balls of dough a
few at a time into the sugar-cardamom mixture, then roll the pieces to coat
them and lightly roll them into balls between your palms, pressing the sugar
mixture into the dough.
Preheat the oven to 350°F
with the oven rack in the middle of the oven. Line a baking sheet with parchment
paper.
Set as many of the cookies as
you intend to bake about 2 inches apart on the prepared baking sheet. Bake for
5 minutes, then rotate the baking sheet front to back. Continue baking for
another 4 to 6 minutes, until the tops of the cookies are crackled and the
edges are just barely browned. Transfer to a wire rack to cool.
Set the remaining dough close
together but without touching on a baking sheet and freeze until firm, at least
1 hour. Remove the baking sheet from the freezer and put the cookies in a
freezer-safe heavy-duty resealable plastic bag, rolling out the excess air
before you seal it. Return to the freezer and store for up to 3 months. Bake
the frozen cookies for 14 to 16 minutes, until the tops of the cookies are
crackled and the edges are just barely browned.
PISTACHIO BUTTER COOKIES
Why wouldn’t you bake
cookies for yourself? Cookie dough freezes beautifully, and if you cut it into
portions before freezing, you can have a plastic bag filled with the potential
for cookies any time you feel like it. These salty-sweet cookies use one of my
goto ingredients: homemade nut butter. I use a Vita-Mix to churn just about any
freshly roasted nut into butter, but you can accomplish the same trick with a
food processor and a little oil. A food processor nut butter won’t be as
super-smooth as one made in a Vita-Mix, but in a cookie like this, a little
sandy texture from the bits of ground pistachio is a good thing.
Makes about 24 small cookies
¾ cup shelled, roasted, and
salted pistachios 1 to 2 tablespoons vegetable oil
4 tablespoons unsalted
butter, at room temperature ½ cup packed light brown sugar
1 egg yolk, at room
temperature ½ teaspoon vanilla extract 2/3 cup all-purpose flour ¼ teaspoon
baking soda
Pour ½ cup of the pistachios
into a food processor and process until finely ground. With the motor running,
start pouring in 1 tablespoon of the vegetable oil in a thin stream through the
food processor’s opening, stopping when the ground pistachios turn into a paste,
and adding more oil if needed. Scrape the pistachio butter into a bowl.
Coarsely chop the remaining ¼
cup of pistachios.
With an electric stand mixer
fitted with the paddle attachment or a hand mixer, beat the butter and brown
sugar on medium speed until incorporated. Beat on high spread until very
smooth, 1 to 2 minutes. On medium speed, beat in the egg yolk and vanilla until
well blended, scraping down the sides of the bowl if necessary. Beat in the
pistachio butter until thoroughly blended.
In a medium mixing bowl,
whisk together the flour and baking soda. With the electric mixer on low speed,
slowly add the dry ingredients to the pistachio butter mixture until there are
no patches of flour. Add the chopped pistachios and mix until thoroughly combined.
Divide the dough in two.
Transfer half the cookie dough to a large sheet of plastic wrap on your work
surface and form it into a 7inch log, using the plastic wrap to help roll and
shape it. Wrap it in plastic wrap, twist the ends, and refrigerate for 30
minutes, or until firm. Repeat with the other half of the dough.
Preheat the oven to 350°F.
Line a baking sheet with parchment paper, and position a rack in the middle of
the oven.
When the logs are firm, set
them back on your work surface, and use a sharp knife to cut the dough into
½-inch pieces. (You should have about two dozen.) Set as many of the cookies as
you intend to bake about 2 inches apart on the prepared baking sheet.
Bake for 12 to 15 minutes,
rotating the baking sheet front to back halfway through cooking, until they are
lightly golden and the edges have started to darken.
Remove from the oven and let
the cookies cool for a few minutes on the baking sheet, then transfer to a rack
to finish cooling.
Put the remaining cookies on
a second baking sheet and transfer it to the freezer.
Freeze the cookies for at
least an hour, until they are hard. Remove the baking sheet from the freezer
and put the cookies in a freezersafe heavy-duty resealable plastic bag, rolling
out the excess air before you seal it. Return to the freezer and store for up
to 3 months. Bake the frozen cookies for 15 to 20 minutes, until lightly
golden.
CAPPUCCINO TAPIOCA PUDDING
WITH
CARDAMOM BRغLةE
There’s really nothing
quite like tapioca pudding to take me back to childhood, when I would eat those
plastic cups of the storebought variety. Of course, homemade is so much better,
and it’s really not difficult to make. It just requires a little patience and
some stirring. I like to make a few cups at a time, eat one (or, okay, two or
three). Then, before things get really out of control, I portion the rest into
½-cup ramekins and store them in the freezer. To take it over the top, I
sprinkle just a touch of one of my favorite aromatic spices, cardamom, on top,
along with some sugar, and torch the top to get that crackly brûléed effect.
Makes 6 (½-cup) servings
cups milk, preferably low-fat
1/3 cup small pearl tapioca
1 tablespoon instant espresso
powder 2 egg yolks, whisked to combine ¼ teaspoon fine sea salt
1/3 cup plus
2 tablespoons sugar
½ teaspoon ground cardamom
Pour 1 cup of the milk into a
heavy saucepan. Add the tapioca and let soak for at least 30 minutes.
Pour the remaining 2 cups of
milk into a mixing bowl or glass measuring cup, sprinkle the espresso powder
over, let it sit for a minute or two, and then stir to dissolve.
Whisk the espresso-milk
mixture into the tapioca mixture, along with the egg yolks, salt, and 1⁄3 cup
of the sugar. Over medium heat, slowly bring the mixture just barely to a boil,
stirring constantly; it will take 10 to 15 minutes. Reduce the heat until the
mixture is barely simmering, and continue cooking the tapioca, stirring
occasionally, until the beads swell up and become almost translucent and the
custard thickens, another 15 to 20 minutes.
Remove from the heat and let
it cool. Spoon the pudding into 6 individual ½-cup ramekins and wrap each in
plastic wrap, pressing the plastic directly onto the surface of the pudding to
prevent a skin from forming. Refrigerate until chilled. It will keep it the
refrigerator for several days or in the freezer for up to 2 months.
When you are ready to eat,
unwrap one of the ramekins of pudding (thaw it first if frozen), and sprinkle
the top with 1 teaspoon of the remaining sugar and a pinch of cardamom. Use a
small culinary blowtorch to caramelize the sugar on top, keeping the torch
moving so you deeply brown but don’t blacken the sugar, then eat.
HIBISCUS-POACHED PEACH
I stumbled across this idea
when I was making one of my regular summertime batches of hibiscus tea, while
also wishing that the peaches in a paper bag on my countertop would hurry up
and ripen already. I peeled a peach, let it steep in the hot tea for a while,
and there you have it. Not only did the peach soften, but it also took on the
loveliest color from the hibiscus, not to mention that addictive flowery tang.
I later gilded the lily by boiling down a little more of the tea to make a
glaze. The best part: I still had my tea, which I later cut with sparkling
water and spiked with tequila.
not-quite-ripe peach,
preferably a freestone (not cling) variety 2 cups water
¼ cup dried hibiscus flowers
¼ cup sugar
2 tablespoons low-fat
Greek-style yogurt, whisked smooth
Peel the peach with a
serrated vegetable peeler if you have one. If you don’t, pour the water into a
small saucepan and bring it to a boil. Cut a shallow X shape on the bottom of
the peach, and immerse it in the water for about 1 minute, then remove it with
a slotted spoon and decrease the heat so that the water is at a bare simmer.
Let the peach cool; peel the skin off, starting where it has
curled up around the X shape.
Cut the peach in half and remove the pit. (If you are able to peel the peach
with a peeler, bring the water to a boil and then reduce to a bare simmer.)
Add the hibiscus and sugar to
the water and stir to dissolve the sugar. Cook the hibiscus for about 5
minutes, until the water is a deep burgundy color. Immerse the peach halves,
turn off the heat, and cover the saucepan. Let the peach sit in the hibiscus
tea for at least 30 minutes, until it is stained red. Use a slotted spoon to
transfer the peach halves to a dessert bowl.
Reserve about ¼ cup of the
hibiscus tea and one of the rehydrated hibiscus flowers. Strain the rest of the
tea, transfer it to a pitcher, and refrigerate it for drinking; discard the
flowers.
Pour the reserved hibiscus
tea into a wide skillet set over mediumhigh heat. Bring it to a boil and let it
bubble away until it reduces to a syrupy glaze, 5 to 10 minutes.
Pour the glaze over the peach
halves, garnish with the reserve hibiscus flower, drizzle with the Greek
yogurt, and eat.
SPICY COCONUT SORBET
Why does coconut sorbet
taste so rich, even without cream or eggs? Well, because there’s plenty of fat
in the coconut milk itself. It’s one of the easiest sorbets in the world to
make, thanks to the prevalence of decent canned coconut milk, but I like to
give it a spark of heat, too. Eat this on its own, or with a cookie or other
dessert of your choice. It goes especially well with chocolate. Remember that
to make good ice cream with a machine that requires a prefrozen canister, you
need to plan ahead and put the canister in the freezer at least 2 days before
you’re going to make the ice cream. (I store mine there.)
Makes 4 servings
(13- to 14-ounce) cans
coconut milk, shaken well before
opening
½ cup packed dark brown sugar
2 Thai chiles, slit open
1 tablespoon tequila
Pour the coconut milk into a
medium saucepan over mediumhigh heat and stir in the brown sugar. Bring the
mixture to a boil, decrease the heat to low so that it is barely simmering, and
cook,
stirring occasionally, until
the brown sugar is fully melted and the coconut milk is smooth, 3 to 4 minutes.
Add the chiles, cover, and remove from the heat. Let steep for an hour.
Pour the coconut milk into a
bowl and let cool to room temperature. Stir in the tequila. Cover with plastic
wrap, transfer to the refrigerator, and let it thoroughly chill for several
hours, preferably overnight.
Once the mixture is very
cold, fish out the chiles, then taste. If the sorbet base isn’t spicy enough
for you, open up one of the chiles, scrape in a few of the seeds, and stir to
combine. Transfer the cold sorbet base to an ice-cream maker and process
according to the manufacturer’s instructions. The sorbet can be stored frozen,
covered in an airtight container, for a few weeks.
YOGURT PARFAIT WITH
RHUBARB-GINGER
SAUCE AND STRAWBERRIES
This is an easy,
off-the-cuff dessert with plenty of options and jumping-off points. If you want
something richer, feel free to use higher-fat yogurt. I pair the rhubarb with
strawberries because the two have overlapping seasons and are such stunning
partners, but if you’ve got access to other good fruit, this parfait also works
beautifully with blackberries, raspberries, blueberries—even winter citrus,
such as neat slices of Cara Cara or blood oranges, clementines, or tangerines.
or 7 large rhubarb stalks,
trimmed and cut into ¼-inch slices
(about 4 cups)
2-inch piece fresh ginger,
peeled and minced (about 2
tablespoons)
½ cup sugar 2/3 cup water
¼ cup ripe, in-season
strawberries
4 large mint leaves, stacked,
rolled, and thinly sliced ½ cup fat-free or low-fat Greek-style yogurt
Combine the rhubarb, ginger,
sugar, and water in a medium saucepan over medium-high heat and bring to a
boil. Decrease
the heat to a simmer, cover,
and cook until the rhubarb and ginger are tender, about 10 minutes. Uncover,
increase the heat to mediumhigh, and let the mixture bubble away until it has
slightly reduced and thickened, 3 to 4 minutes. Remove from the heat and let
cool. Reserve ¼ cup for the parfait and refrigerate the remaining 1¾ cups in an
airtight container for up to 2 weeks or freeze it for several months.
When you are ready to eat,
drop a few strawberries in the bottom of a large-bowled wineglass or champagne
flute and sprinkle with a little mint. Add a tablespoon of cooled
rhubarb-ginger sauce and 2 to 3 tablespoons of yogurt. Repeat a few times,
ending with strawberries and mint.
Note:The recipe
makes about 2 cups of rhubarb-ginger sauce, enough for 8 servings of parfait.
You can refrigerate it for up to 2 weeks or freeze it for months.
YOGURT PARFAIT WITH MULLED
RED WINE
SYRUP, ORANGES, AND ALMONDS
Another parfait idea, using
the same principle and base (Greekstyle yogurt) but different accompanying
layers. Feel free to use higher-fat yogurt if desired. I like to use Cara Cara
oranges, those vibrant pink-fleshed ones, but blood oranges are deliciously
striking here, and regular navel oranges or ruby red grapefruit are no
slouches, either.
tablespoons sliced almonds 1
Cara Cara orange
¼ cup Mulled Wine
Syrup
½ cup fat-free or low-fat
Greek-style yogurt
Toast the almond slices in a
small dry skillet over medium-high heat, stirring constantly, until they are
lightly browned and begin to smell toasty, 2 to 3 minutes. Watch carefully;
nuts can burn quickly. Transfer to a dish to cool.
Use a chef’s knife to slice
off both ends of the orange. Stand the orange on one end, hold it steady with
one hand, and slice from the top edge downward along the curve of the fruit,
cutting away both the peel and the pith but leaving as much of the flesh as
possible. Working over a bowl
to catch the juices, hold the orange in one hand and use a paring knife in the
other to cut between the sections, detaching each section of fruit from its
surrounding membrane. Let the sections fall into the bowl as you work.
Drop a few orange sections
into the bottom of a large-bowled wineglass or champagne flute. Drizzle with a
tablespoon of red wine syrup and top with a few almonds and then 2 or 3
tablespoons of yogurt. Repeat several times until the ingredients are used up,
ending with oranges, syrup, and almonds on top if possible, and eat.
COCONUT FRENCH TOAST WITH
BANANAS
FOSTER
I placed this dish in the
dessert chapter, but it’s so filling it might be best thought of as a brunch
dish, or perhaps dessert-for-dinner. Adding sweetened bread crumbs to the
preparation makes a French toast with extra crunch and a dark exterior, a nice
contrast to the light, moist interior. I’ve turned the French custard toward
the tropics by using coconut milk, and taken the topping to New Orleans with
the classic combination of bananas, butter, rum, and pecans. Any other seasonal
fruit can work: sliced apples or peaches sautéed in butter, fresh berries, or,
when the fruit bowl is empty, your favorite jam.
tablespoons pecan halves 1
egg
¼ cup coconut milk ¼ teaspoon
vanilla extract
1 thick (¾- to 1-inch) slice
rich white bread, such as brioche or
challah, trimmed neatly into a round or square
(crusts removed)
¼ cup Japanese-style panko
2 tablespoons dried
unsweetened coconut flakes (medium shred) 1 teaspoon granulated sugar
1 tablespoon plus
teaspoon unsalted butter 1
teaspoon dark brown sugar
1 banana, peeled and
diagonally sliced ½ inch thick 2 tablespoons dark rum
Toast the pecans in a small,
dry skillet over mediumhigh heat, shaking the pan frequently, until they start
to turn dark brown and smell very fragrant, 2 to 3 minutes. Immediately
transfer them to a plate to cool.
Whisk the egg, coconut milk,
and vanilla extract together in a shallow bowl. Add the bread; let it stand for
about 10 minutes, turning it over about halfway through, until it has absorbed
most of the liquid.
Combine the panko crumbs,
coconut, and granulated sugar on a plate. Use a spatula to transfer the soaked
bread to the crumb mixture, and turn to coat both sides evenly. Pat as much of
the mixture as you can onto the bread.
Melt 1 tablespoon of the
butter over medium-low heat in a small skillet. Add the bread and cook until it
is golden brown and crusted, 3 to 4 minutes. Turn it over and cook another few
minutes, until it is golden brown on the second side. (Reduce the temperature
as needed to keep the bread from getting too dark.) Transfer to a plate. The
inside of the French toast will be fairly spongy.
Add the remaining 1 teaspoon
of butter to the pan and let it melt. Add the brown sugar and stir until it
melts, 1 to 2 minutes. Add the banana slices and stir until they are warmed
through and coated with the butter in the pan, 1 minute. Add the pecans and
rum, and stir to combine.
Spoon the warmed banana
mixture over the French toast, and eat.
Note:Some brands
of coconut milk, such as Chaokoh from Thailand, are available in 5.6-ounce cans
rather than the standard 13.5 to 14 ounces. Store coconut milk in the
refrigerator for up to 1 week, or freeze in ice-cube trays and then store the
cubes in freezer-safe heavy-duty plastic bags for several months.
CHERRY-ALMOND TART
Puff pastry is a boon for
the solo cook. You can keep it frozen, then defrost and cut off enough for just
one serving, refreezing the rest. I’ve been known to make my own puff pastry,
but Dufour makes such high-quality, all-butter dough that I rarely get my hands
dirty with the homemade stuff anymore. (It’s available in many parts of the
country, but is not as widely available as puff pastry by Pepperidge Farm,
which I like less because it uses shortening.) Now in the middle of winter,
when the memory of fresh cherries and other pie fruit is a distant memory, I
can combine dried cherries, almonds, and Mulled Wine Syrupon a
simple piece of puff pastry and bake up a tart that seems like the essence of
summer.
(4 by 4-inch) square frozen
store-bought puff pastry,
preferably all-butter (such as Dufour brand),
defrosted 3 tablespoons unsweetened dried cherries 3 teaspoons Mulled Wine
Syrup, made with red wine 2 tablespoons sliced almonds
2 tablespoons low-fat
Greek-style yogurt, whisked smooth
Preheat the oven to 400°F.
Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
On a lightly floured
countertop, roll out the puff pastry to about 6 inches square. Pierce the dough
every ½ inch with a fork; this helps the pastry rise more evenly. Mound the
cherries in the center of the dough and drizzle 2 teaspoons of the red wine
syrup over them (but not the pastry). Lightly moisten the edges of the dough
with water, pull it up, and fold it over to the edges of the cherries, forming
pleats so that it cradles the fruit. Scatter the almonds on top.
Transfer the tart to the
prepared baking sheet and bake for 20 to 25 minutes, until the pastry has
puffed and turned golden brown. Remove it from the oven and let cool for a few
minutes. Transfer to a dessert plate, drizzle with the remaining 1 teaspoon of
red wine syrup, spoon on a dollop of yogurt, and eat.
BLUEBERRY-LEMON TART WITH
TOASTED
COCONUT
All you really need for a
good dessert is some good jam and a little pastry in your freezer. This follows
the same principle as the Cherry Almond Tart, but makes use of Blueberry
Lemon Jam. You can substitute another homemade or store-bought jam of
your choice.
(4 by 4-inch) square frozen
store-bought puff pastry,
preferably all-butter (such as Dufour brand),
defrosted ¼ cup Blueberry Lemon Jam
tablespoons unsweetened,
large coconut flakes 2 tablespoons low-fat Greek-style yogurt, whisked smooth
Preheat the oven to 400°F.
Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
On a lightly floured
countertop, roll out the pastry to about 6 inches square. Pierce the dough
every ½ inch with a fork; this helps the pastry rise evenly. Mound the jam in
the center of the dough. Lightly moisten the edges of the dough with water and
pull and fold up the sides to the edges of the jam, forming pleats so the dough
cradles the jam. Scatter the coconut flakes on top.
Transfer the tart to the
prepared baking sheet and bake for 20 to 25 minutes, until it has puffed and
turned golden brown. Remove from the oven and let cool for a few minutes.
Transfer to a dessert plate,
spoon on the dollop of yogurt, and eat.
COOKING FOR TWO
Culinary seduction is the
stuff of novels and movies, but it hasn’t been part of my story, at least not
yet. As much as I’ve imagined possessing the power of that woman in Like Water
for Chocolate to ignite the (quite literal) fires of passion with my cooking,
in my dating life so far home-cooked food has mostly been a matter of comedy, a
point of control, or, frankly, the source of some regret.
Note to self, or perhaps to
self’s therapist: Could that be why I’m single?
I don’t remember ever
cooking for my first great love, because when I met him I was living in a
cooperative apartment building in Austin while going to the University of
Texas. It was like a dormitory but with one very important exception: The
residents do all the work, and make all the decisions. Meals were included—
prepared by, of course, teams of students. We could bring guests to dinner, for
a price, but Charlie and I, well, we needed our privacy.
Within weeks, we had moved
in together and were doing the penniless-Austin-slacker thing. I would’ve been
making him ramen noodles and canned beans with rice, except he brought home the
bacon—or, more accurately, Church’s fried chicken, where he worked as a
manager. Every night for most of a year, we ate the better part of a family box
(never a “bucket,” I learned, which is from that other chicken place).
When the relationship
derailed, it was a train wreck of near-gothic proportions, or at least that’s
how it felt to a nineteen-year-old. I’d like to think the collapse had
something to do with all that chicken—a carb, protein, and fat
overload?—because the truth, that he was alcoholic, wasn’t nearly as funny.
My first attempt at true
seduction cooking happened when I was living with friends in a rambling old
house near the University of Texas during my post-college years. Three of us
shared plenty of meals, down-home foods with an Austin vibe: organic vegetarian
one day, meaty Tex-Mex the next. I was working part time as a bank teller, and
after weeks of flirting outrageously with Barry, a coworker, I invited him over
for dinner. I remember mostly that I made a shrimp dish. The memory is clear
because a package of shrimp (expensive to me, particularly in those days) was what
I found on the floor, chewed up by our house’s two
kittens, about 20 minutes
before my date was set to arrive.
Panicked, I convinced my
housemate Doug to rush me to the nearest store to buy more, returning just in
time to greet my date. I hurried through the making of the dish—curry something
or other, I think—but I needn’t have worried about the food, because Barry and
I didn’t even make it to the main course before the date, um, progressed. It
said more about the fact that we were twenty-something men, with other
priorities, than it did about any particular charms of the food.
Years later, a date with
Juan, a beautiful-but-crazy Spanish-born Mexican, helped plant the seed for my
food-journalism career, a seed that wouldn’t sprout for almost a decade. I was
living in Boston, and he had cooked a fantastic fish Veracruz for one of our
first dates, all off the top of his head. When I tried to return the favor,
Juan strode in, saw my kitchen in chaos, and announced that he had already
eaten. Then he saw the stain-splattered Silver Palate Good Times Cookbook I had
propped up on the counter, and laughed out loud. “Oh, how cute!” he said in his
thick accent. “You have to use the cooking book!”
I was enraged. We didn’t
make it through our dinner either, but it wasn’t because the date got ahead of
itself.
It was because I threw him
out before we started.
• • •
After I went to culinary
school and started writing about food, I had a particularly volatile
relationship in Boston with Michael, whose favorite restaurant was my least—
The Cheesecake Factory—even though I had never been there. (“Please,” I would
sniff. “Why would I go there?” Attractive, I know.) We argued over that and so
many other things it’s a wonder we ever got together, let alone dated for six
months. We seemed to be always trying to prove something to each other, even as
we were falling in love, or thought we were, or said we were.
Despite all the arguing,
there were many affectionate moments, and I often think that if we had just
been able to let each other be—and to maybe even let the other one “win” an
argument from time to time—we could’ve even built a future together. When I
cooked for Michael, he was always appreciative and complimentary, which says a
lot. He also didn’t seem to have many hangups about eating, unlike a date who
exclaimed, “This is way too much food!” before I even put it on his plate and
another who proclaimed that he doesn’t “do” dessert, even though I had made it.
Our most memorable food
connection was the time he tried to turn the tables on me. Michael lived in an
apartment almost an hour outside Boston, right above his mother (one of the
sticking points in our relationship). When he decided to cook for me, he wanted
it to be at my place. But he didn’t want me to watch, let alone help. “I’m
going to come over Friday at six, and send you out for an hour while I make
dinner,” he said. “Go for a long walk with the dog.”
I did, and when I came back
the first thing I smelled was … well, not much of anything. He wouldn’t let me
in the kitchen (from which I heard no clanging of pots), but had set a place
for me at the table. He brought out the first course, a romaine salad with very
thick rings of red onions and pickled peperoncini on it. The entrée was beef
roulade, stuffed with spinach and feta. There were slightly wrinkled green
beans (or maybe it was slightly wrinkled new potatoes) on the side. The meat
was tender and flavorful, and the side dish fine, but maybe not so fresh.
Michael grinned the entire
time, and I have to say, I thought the endeavor was pretty charming, because I
knew that he didn’t usually cook. (He didn’t have to: He had his mother.)
Between bites, I started to realize that he was probably trying to prove a
point again, and then it dawned on me what had happened.
When we finished, he
couldn’t wait a beat. “So,” he asked, “what did you think? I did a pretty good
job, didn’t I? Maybe I can make something that’s good enough even for you,
right? And in only an hour!”
I know now what I should have
said. I think about it from time to time, even still. In my mind I rewrite the
scene. I pour a little more generosity into my heart and spirit, and I hear the
guy I wish I had been able to be saying, “Honey, this was so delicious. Where’d
you learn to make it? Can I get the recipe?” For all the food-Nazi snobbery I
had espoused over the course of the relationship, including maligning his
favorite restaurant, that better version of myself would have swallowed my
pride and let him have his “gotcha” moment. In my revisionist fantasy, I would
feign surprise when he told me the truth, the whole thing would dissolve into
laughter and joy, and … scene.
Of course, that’s not what
I said. I was not that better me, so I said, with a smile, “I think you did an
excellent job—of buying and reheating prepared food you got at Costco.”
His face fell. “How did you
know?”
“Well, I get paid to know
such things,” I said, then tried to backtrack. “But honestly, it was so sweet
of you to
make it, and it actually
was good, and …”
The damage was done. “I
can’t believe you figured it out,” he said. “I was so sure you’d be surprised.”
Things were already shaky,
but they went quickly downhill after that. After Michael and I broke up and
some months passed, we got together, just as friends, to celebrate his
birthday. I had a chance to make things up to him, at least a little bit.
I told him only that I was
taking him to dinner and then to a show, but said nothing more. The show was a
reading by David Sedaris, one of his favorite writers (and mine—something we
could agree on!). For dinner beforehand, I suggested we meet in the Prudential
Center mall, outside the Barnes & Noble. As we took the escalator down and
passed all the people milling about on the stairs, holding their electronic
beepers that would tell them when their table would be ready at the nearby
Cheesecake Factory, Michael looked over at me, raised an eyebrow, and grinned.
The better version of me
would have taken him there so much sooner.
• • •
A couple of years ago I
started seeing another food journalist, and by seeing I mean not actually
seeing, as in laying my eyes on, but mainly talking about seeing because we
live in different cities. It started as an Up in the Air kind of relationship,
although (I think) without that part about one person lying about a spouse and
children, and then it slowly progressed to something more. Or so I thought.
When we got together, we’d devour food in one restaurant after another, in New
Orleans, San Francisco, Montreal, and Atlanta. We had stimulating conversation
about everything we ate (and we ate a hell of a lot), and we mostly agreed on
what makes a dynamic, satisfying restaurant meal.
We were not souls
colliding, it was neither volatile nor gothic, and I saw no train wreck in our
future. Which seemed, well, perfect. Except for an unfortunate fact that I
didn’t learn until later: While I saw possibilities, he saw obstacles.
I should have known it was
doomed when I realized that after a year of “seeing” each other, we had never
eaten a home-cooked meal together. The truth is, the thought of cooking for him
slightly terrified me, because deep down I knew that it represented a level of
intimacy he wasn’t prepared for.
Fast-forward to the writing
of this book, and I’ve just started up something with another journalist, but
this time someone who writes about politics, not food, and who enjoys a good
meal as much as anyone but doesn’t obsess about it. It’s kind of refreshing,
but who knows if it will last?
Yet again I’m faced with
the prospect of the seduction meal. Will it happen? And if it does, what will I
make? Already, I can’t decide whether it will be more ridiculously fun to
recreate the quail in rose petals from Like Water For Chocolate, to buy
everything from the prepared-foods case at Costco, or to make one of my
favorite single-serving dishes.
Doubled, of course.
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
The former travel editor at
the Boston Globe, JOE YONAN is currently the food and travel editor at The
Washington Post, where he writes the award-winning “Cooking for One” column.
Joe’s work also earned the Post the 2009 and 2010 James Beard Foundation’s
award for best food section.
INDEX
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O PQR
S
TUV WXYZ
A
Almonds
Cherry-Almond Tart
No-Bake Chocolate Oat Cookies
Almond Soba Noodles with
Edamame Wine-Braised Chicken Thighs with Olives, Prunes, and
Almonds
Yogurt Parfait with Mulled
Red Wine Syrup, Oranges, and
Almonds
Apples
Pork Chop with Apples and Brussels Sprouts Smoked
Trout, Green Apple, and Gouda Sandwich
Arugula, Tuna, and Chickpea
Sandwich
Asian pears
Cabbage and Pear Kimchi
Korean Short Rib Tacos
Asparagus, Tofu, and Farro
Salad, Charred Austin-Style Breakfast Tacos
Avocados
Avocado-Chipotle Sauce
Avocado, Smoked Oyster, and
Pistachio Bruschetta Black Bean Soup with Seared Scallops and Green Salsa
Chickpea, Spinach, Feta, and Pepita Tacos Gingered Chicken Sandwich with
Avocado and Mango Mahi Mahi with Kiwi-Avocado Salsa and Coconut Rice storing
using leftover
B
Bacon
Swiss Chard, Bacon, and Goat Cheese Omelet Warm
Spinach Salad with Shiitakes, Corn, and Bacon
Baked Egg in Fall Vegetables
Bananas Foster, Coconut
French Toast with Basil
Beans
Benedict Rancheros
Black Bean Soup with Seared
Scallops and Green Salsa Black Bean Tortilla Soup with Shrimp and Corn
Chickpea, Spinach, Feta, and Pepita Tacos dried
Eggplant and Spicy Hummus Flatbread
Ex-Texas Salad
Fall Vegetable Soup with
White Beans Farro Salad with Chickpeas, Cherries, and Pecans Grapefruit-Black
Bean Salsa
Home-Cooked Beans
Peasant’s Bowl
Roasted Chile Relleno with
Avocado-Chipotle Sauce Spicy Almond Soba Noodles with Edamame Spicy Black Bean
Soup Base
Spicy Hummus
storing
Sweet Potato Soup with
Chorizo, Chickpeas, and Kale Tuna, Chickpea, and Arugula Sandwich
using leftover
Beef
chicken-fried steak Chili
Cheese Enchiladas Korean Short Rib Tacos
Pan-Fried Sirloin with
Smashed Potatoes and Anchovy
Sauce
Spicy Glazed Mini Meatloaf
Texas Bowl o’ Red
Beer
Texas Bowl o’ Red
Yucatan-Style Slow-Roasted Pork Benedict Rancheros
Black beans
Benedict Rancheros
Black Bean Soup with Seared
Scallops and Green Salsa Black Bean Tortilla Soup with Shrimp and Corn Ex-Texas
Salad
Grapefruit-Black Bean Salsa
Home-Cooked Beans
Peasant’s Bowl
Roasted Chile Relleno with
Avocado-Chipotle Sauce Spicy Black Bean Soup Base
storing
using leftover Blackened Salsa
Blueberries
Blueberry Lemon Jam
Blueberry-Lemon Tart with Toasted Coconut Bok Choy,
Baby, Gingery Glazed Halibut with Carrots and Bread. See also Sandwiches
Avocado, Smoked Oyster, and
Pistachio Bruschetta Coconut French Toast with Bananas Foster croutons
crumbs
Eggplant and Spicy Hummus
Flatbread storing
using leftover
Broccolini
Miso Pork on a Sweet Potato
Broccoli rabe
Philly-Style Chicken Cutlet
Sandwich
Broth, Corn
Bruschetta, Avocado, Smoked
Oyster, and Pistachio Brussels Sprouts, Pork Chop with Apples and
C
Cabbage
Cabbage and Pear Kimchi
Chipotle Slaw
Kimchi, Ham, and Fried Egg
Pizza Korean Short Rib Tacos
Cantaloupe, Farfalle with
Prosciutto and Cappuccino Tapioca Pudding with Cardamom Brûlée Cardamom-Brown
Sugar Snickerdoodles
Carrots, Gingery Glazed
Halibut with Baby Bok Choy and Cashew Tamari Dressing
Catfish Tacos with Chipotle
Slaw
Cauliflower
Baked Egg in Fall Vegetables
Fall Vegetable Soup with White Beans Fried Rice with Cauliflower and Kimchi
Stewed Cauliflower, Butternut Squash, and Tomatoes
Celery
Charred Asparagus, Tofu, and
Farro Salad
Cheese
Austin-Style Breakfast Tacos
Chickpea, Spinach, Feta, and
Pepita Tacos Chili Cheese Enchiladas
Ex-Texas Salad
Fig, Taleggio, and Radicchio
Pizza Miso Mac and Cheese with Mushrooms Mushroom and Speck Pizza
Peasant’s Bowl
Philly-Style Chicken Cutlet
Sandwich
Roasted Chile Relleno with
Avocado-Chipotle Sauce Shrimp Tacos with Grapefruit-Black Bean Salsa Smoked
Trout, Green Apple, and Gouda Sandwich Smoked Turkey Tacos with Mole Verde
Smoky Pizza Margherita
Swiss Chard, Bacon, and Goat
Cheese Omelet Tacos with Mushrooms and Chile-Caramelized Onions Texas Bowl o’
Red
Three-Pepper Pizza with Goat
Cheese
Cherries
Cherry-Almond Tart
Cornish Hen with
Cherry-Hazelnut Wine Sauce Farro Salad with Chickpeas, Cherries, and Pecans
No-Bake Chocolate Oat Cookies
Chicken
fresh vs. store-bought
Gingered Chicken Sandwich
with Avocado and Mango Philly-Style Chicken Cutlet Sandwich
Chicken with Gremolata and
Sunchokes Wine-Braised Chicken Thighs with Olives, Prunes, and
Almonds
Chicken-fried steak
Chickpeas
Chickpea, Spinach, Feta, and
Pepita Tacos Eggplant and Spicy Hummus Flatbread Farro Salad with Chickpeas,
Cherries, and Pecans Spicy Hummus
storing
Sweet Potato Soup with
Chorizo, Chickpeas, and Kale Tuna, Chickpea, and Arugula Sandwich
using leftover
Chiles
Habanero Salsa Nam Pla Prik
Pickled Anchos
Roasted Chile Relleno with
Avocado-Chipotle Sauce storing, Chapter 1.1, .2
Texas Bowl o’ Red
Three-Pepper Pizza with Goat Cheese using
leftover, Chapter 1.1, .2
Chili
Chili Cheese Enchiladas Texas
Bowl o’ Red
Chocolate Oat Cookies,
No-Bake
Chorizo
Austin-Style Breakfast Tacos
Sweet Potato Soup with Chorizo, Chickpeas, and Kale
Chutney, Red Pepper
Cilantro
Cilantro Vinaigrette Green
Mango Slaw Mole Verde Sauce Salsa Verde
storing
using leftover
Citrus-Pickled Onions
Cochinita Pibil Tacos with
Habanero Salsa
Coconut milk and coconut
water
Coconut French Toast with
Bananas Foster Curried Shrimp on a Sweet Potato
Mahi Mahi with Kiwi-Avocado
Salsa and Coconut Rice Spicy Coconut Sorbet
storing
using leftover
Confit, Herbed Lemon
Cookies
Cardamom-Brown Sugar
Snickerdoodles No-Bake Chocolate Oat Cookies Pistachio Butter Cookies
Corn. See also Tortillas
(corn)
Black Bean Tortilla Soup with Shrimp and Corn
Corn Broth
Corn Risotto with Roasted
Cherry Tomatoes Warm Spinach Salad with Shiitakes, Corn, and Bacon
Cornish hen
Cornish Hen with Cherry-Hazelnut Wine Sauce
Pineapple-Juice-Can Hen and Baby Potatoes
Couscous, Turbot with
Tomatoes, Walnuts, and Capers over Croutons
Curried Butternut Squash
Risotto Curried Shrimp on a Sweet Potato
D
Desserts
Blueberry-Lemon Tart with
Toasted Coconut Cappuccino Tapioca Pudding with Cardamom Brûlée Cardamom-Brown
Sugar Snickerdoodles Cherry-Almond Tart
Coconut French Toast with
Bananas Foster Hibiscus-Poached Peach
No-Bake Chocolate Oat Cookies
Pistachio Butter Cookies
Spicy Coconut Sorbet
Yogurt Parfait with Mulled
Red Wine Syrup, Oranges, and
Almonds
Yogurt Parfait with
Rhubarb-Ginger Sauce and
Strawberries
Duck Breast Tacos with Plum
Salsa Duck Egg Frittata, Puffy, with Smoked Salmon
E
Edamame, Spicy Almond Soba
Noodles with Eggplant and Spicy Hummus Flatbread
Eggs
Austin-Style Breakfast Tacos
Baked Egg in Fall Vegetables Benedict Rancheros
hard-cooked
Kimchi, Ham, and Fried Egg
Pizza Low, Slow, and Custardy Eggs Mushroom and Green Garlic Frittata
nutrition and poached
Puffy Duck Egg Frittata with
Smoked Salmon Shrimp and Potato Chip Tortilla
Swiss Chard, Bacon, and Goat
Cheese Omelet Tacos de Huevos
Thai Fried Rice with Runny Egg Tuna, Egg, and Potato
Salad Sandwich
Enchiladas, Chili Cheese
Ex-Texas Salad
F
Fall Vegetable Soup with
White Beans Farfalle with Cantaloupe and Prosciutto
Farro
Charred Asparagus, Tofu, and
Farro Salad Farro Salad with Chickpeas, Cherries, and Pecans making
Roasted Chile Relleno with Avocado-Chipotle Sauce
Faux-Lognese with Pappardelle
Fedelini with Tuna Ragu
Fennel
Fideos with Sardines and
Bread Crumbs Red Pepper Chutney
Smoked Trout, Potato, and
Fennel Pizza storing
using leftover
Fideos with Sardines and
Bread Crumbs
Fig, Taleggio, and Radicchio
Pizza
Fish
Catfish Tacos with Chipotle
Slaw Fedelini with Tuna Ragu
Fideos with Sardines and
Bread Crumbs
Glazed Halibut with Carrots
and Baby Bok Choy Mahi Mahi with Kiwi-Avocado Salsa and Coconut Rice Puffy Duck
Egg Frittata with Smoked Salmon Smoked Trout, Green Apple, and Gouda Sandwich
Smoked Trout, Potato, and Fennel Pizza Turbot with Tomatoes, Walnuts, and
Capers over
Couscous
Flatbread, Eggplant and Spicy
Hummus French Toast, Coconut, with Bananas Foster Fried Rice with Cauliflower
and Kimchi
Frittatas
Mushroom and Green Garlic
Frittata Puffy Duck Egg Frittata with Smoked Salmon
G
Garlic
Mushroom and Green Garlic
Frittata Parsley Garlic Dressing
Gingered Chicken Sandwich
with Avocado and Mango Gingery Glazed Halibut with Carrots and Baby Bok Choy
Grapefruit
Citrus-Pickled Onions
Grapefruit-Black Bean Salsa
Green Mango Slaw Gremolata
Guinea hen
Cornish Hen with
Cherry-Hazelnut Wine Sauce Pineapple-Juice-Can Hen and Baby Potatoes
H
Habanero Salsa
Halibut, Gingery Glazed, with
Carrots and Baby Bok Choy
Ham
Farfalle with Cantaloupe and
Prosciutto Kimchi, Ham, and Fried Egg Pizza
Hazelnut-Cherry Wine Sauce,
Cornish Hen with
Herbs. See also individual
herbs
Herbed Lemon Confit
storing
using leftover
Hibiscus-Poached Peach
Home-Cooked Beans Homemade Corn Tortillas
Hummus
Eggplant and Spicy Hummus
Flatbread Spicy Hummus
J
Jams
Blueberry Lemon Jam
Strawberry Vanilla Jam
K
Kale, Sweet Potato Soup with
Chorizo, Chickpeas, and
Kimchi
Cabbage and Pear Kimchi
Fried Rice with Cauliflower
and Kimchi,
Kimchi, Ham, and Fried Egg Pizza Kiwi-Avocado Salsa
Korean Short Rib Tacos
L
Lemons
Blueberry Lemon Jam
Blueberry-Lemon Tart with
Toasted Coconut Herbed Lemon Confit
Limes
Black Bean Soup with Seared
Scallops and Green Salsa Citrus-Pickled Onions
storing
using leftover
Low, Slow, and Custardy Eggs
M
Mac and Cheese with
Mushrooms, Miso
Mahi Mahi with Kiwi-Avocado
Salsa and Coconut Rice
Mangoes
Gingered Chicken Sandwich
with Avocado and Mango Green Mango Slaw
Meatloaf, Spicy Glazed Mini
Mint
Miso
Miso Mac and Cheese with
Mushrooms Miso Pork on a Sweet Potato
Mole Verde Sauce
Mulled Wine Syrup
Mushrooms
Miso Mac and Cheese with
Mushrooms Mushroom and Green Garlic Frittata Mushroom and Speck Pizza
Tacos with Mushrooms and Chile-Caramelized Onions
Thai Fried Rice with Runny Egg
Warm Spinach Salad with
Shiitakes, Corn, and Bacon
N
Nam Pla Prik
No-Bake Chocolate Oat Cookies
No-Knead Pizza Dough
No-Knead Pizza Dough with
Spelt Noodles. See Pasta and noodles
O
Oat Cookies, No-Bake
Chocolate
Olives, Wine-Braised Chicken
Thighs with Prunes, Almonds,
and
Omelet, Swiss Chard, Bacon,
and Goat Cheese
Onions
Citrus-Pickled Onions
Tacos with Mushrooms and
Chile-Caramelized Onions
Oranges
Citrus-Pickled Onions
Potato and Orange Soup with
Smoky Pecans Yogurt Parfait with Mulled Red Wine Syrup, Oranges, and
Almonds
Yucatan-Style Slow-Roasted
Pork
Oyster, Smoked, Avocado, and
Pistachio Bruschetta
P
Paella, Personal, with Squid
and Scallions
Pan-Fried Sirloin with
Smashed Potatoes and Anchovy Sauce
Parfaits
Yogurt Parfait with Mulled
Red Wine Syrup, Oranges, and
Almonds
Yogurt Parfait with
Rhubarb-Ginger Sauce and
Strawberries
Parsley
Gremolata
Parsley Garlic Dressing
storing
using leftover
Pasta and noodles
Farfalle with Cantaloupe and
Prosciutto Faux-Lognese with Pappardelle Fedelini with Tuna Ragu
Fideos with Sardines and
Bread Crumbs Miso Mac and Cheese with Mushrooms
Spicy Almond Soba Noodles with Edamame Pastoral Tacos
Peach, Hibiscus-Poached
Peasant’s Bowl
Pecans
Coconut French Toast with Bananas Foster Farro Salad
with Chickpeas, Cherries, and Pecans Sweet Potato and Orange Soup with Smoky
Pecans
Pepitas. See Pumpkin seeds
Peppers. See also Chiles
Curried Shrimp on a Sweet
Potato Philly-Style Chicken Cutlet Sandwich Red Pepper Chutney
Three-Pepper Pizza with Goat Cheese Personal Paella
with Squid and Scallions Philly-Style Chicken Cutlet Sandwich Pickled Anchos
Pineapple
Pastoral Tacos
Pineapple-Juice-Can Hen and
Baby Potatoes
Pistachios
Avocado, Smoked Oyster, and
Pistachio Bruschetta Curried Butternut Squash Risotto
Pistachio Butter Cookies
Pizzas
broiling
Fig, Taleggio, and Radicchio
Pizza Kimchi, Ham, and Fried Egg Pizza
Mushroom and Speck Pizza
No-Knead Pizza Dough
No-Knead Pizza Dough with
Spelt Smoked Trout, Potato, and Fennel Pizza Smoky Pizza Margherita
Three-Pepper Pizza with Goat Cheese Plum Salsa
Pork
Cochinita Pibil Tacos with
Habanero Salsa Faux-Lognese with Pappardelle Miso Pork on a Sweet Potato
Pastoral Tacos
Pork Chop with Apples and
Brussels Sprouts Pulled Pork Sandwich with Green Mango Slaw Yucatan-Style
Slow-Roasted Pork
Potato Chip and Shrimp
Tortilla
Potatoes
Austin-Style Breakfast Tacos
Pan-Fried Sirloin with
Smashed Potatoes and Anchovy
Sauce
Juice-Can Hen and Baby
Potatoes Smoked Trout, Potato, and Fennel Pizza Tuna, Egg, and Potato Salad
Sandwich Prosciutto, Farfalle with Cantaloupe and Prunes, Wine-Braised Chicken
Thighs with Olives,
Almonds, and
Pudding, Cappuccino Tapioca,
with Cardamom Brûlée
Puff pastry
Blueberry-Lemon Tart with
Toasted Coconut Cherry-Almond Tart
Puffy Duck Egg Frittata with
Smoked Salmon Pulled Pork Sandwich with Green Mango Slaw
Pumpkin seeds
Chickpea, Spinach, Feta, and
Pepita Tacos Mole Verde Sauce
roasting, Chapter 5.1, .2
R
Radicchio, Fig, and Taleggio
Pizza Red Pepper Chutney
Restaurant dining
Rhubarb-Ginger Sauce
Rice
Corn Risotto with Roasted
Cherry Tomatoes Curried Butternut Squash Risotto
Fried Rice with Cauliflower
and Kimchi
Mahi Mahi with Kiwi-Avocado
Salsa and Coconut Rice Peasant’s Bowl
Personal Paella with Squid
and Scallions Roasted Chile Relleno with Avocado-Chipotle Sauce Thai Fried Rice
with Runny Egg
Risotto
Corn Risotto with Roasted
Cherry Tomatoes Curried Butternut Squash Risotto
Roast Chicken with Gremolata
and Sunchokes Roasted Chile Relleno with Avocado-Chipotle Sauce
S
Salad dressings
Cashew Tamari Dressing
Cilantro Vinaigrette Parsley Garlic Dressing
Salads
Charred Asparagus, Tofu, and
Farro Salad Chipotle Slaw
Ex-Texas Salad
Farro Salad with Chickpeas,
Cherries, and Pecans Green Mango Slaw
Tuna, Egg, and Potato Salad
Sandwich
Warm Spinach Salad with Shiitakes, Corn, and Bacon
Salmon, Smoked, Puffy Duck Egg Frittata with Salsas. See Sauces and salsas
Sandwiches
Gingered Chicken Sandwich
with Avocado and Mango Philly-Style Chicken Cutlet Sandwich
Pulled Pork Sandwich with Green Mango Slaw Smoked
Trout, Green Apple, and Gouda Sandwich Tuna, Chickpea, and Arugula Sandwich
Tuna, Egg, and Potato Salad Sandwich
Sardines, Fideos with Bread
Crumbs and
Sauces and salsas
Avocado-Chipotle Sauce
Blackened Salsa
Cherry-Hazelnut Wine Sauce
Grapefruit-Black Bean Salsa
Green Salsa Habanero Salsa
Kiwi-Avocado Salsa Mole Verde Sauce Nam Pla Prik
Plum Salsa
Rhubarb-Ginger Sauce Salsa
Verde
Scallops, Seared, Black Bean
Soup with Green Salsa and Shopping tips
Shrimp
Black Bean Tortilla Soup with
Shrimp and Corn Curried Shrimp on a Sweet Potato
Shrimp and Potato Chip
Tortilla
Shrimp Tacos with
Grapefruit-Black Bean Salsa
Slaws
Chipotle Slaw
Green Mango Slaw
Smoked Trout, Green Apple,
and Gouda Sandwich Smoked Trout, Potato, and Fennel Pizza Smoked Turkey Tacos
with Mole Verde Smoky Pizza Margherita
Snickerdoodles,
Cardamom-Brown Sugar Soba Noodles, Spicy Almond, with Edamame Sorbet, Spicy
Coconut
Soups
Black Bean Soup with Seared
Scallops and Green Salsa Black Bean Tortilla Soup with Shrimp and Corn
Fall Vegetable Soup with
White Beans Spicy Black Bean Soup Base
Sweet Potato and Orange Soup
with Smoky Pecans Sweet Potato Soup Base
Sweet Potato Soup with Chorizo, Chickpeas, and Kale
Speck and Mushroom Pizza
Spelt, No-Knead Pizza Dough
with Spicy Almond Soba Noodles with Edamame Spicy Black Bean Soup Base
Spicy Coconut Sorbet Spicy
Glazed Mini Meatloaf Spicy Hummus
Spinach
Chickpea, Spinach, Feta, and
Pepita Tacos Warm Spinach Salad with Shiitakes, Corn, and Bacon
Squash
Baked Egg in Fall Vegetables
Curried Butternut Squash Risotto Fall Vegetable Soup with White Beans
Stewed Cauliflower, Butternut Squash, and Tomatoes
Squid, Personal Paella with Scallions and Stewed Cauliflower, Butternut Squash,
and Tomatoes Storage tips
Strawberries
Strawberry Vanilla Jam
Yogurt Parfait with
Rhubarb-Ginger Sauce and
Strawberries
Sunchokes, Roast Chicken with
Gremolata and
Sweet potatoes
Curried Shrimp on a Sweet
Potato Miso Pork on a Sweet Potato
Sweet Potato and Orange Soup
with Smoky Pecans Sweet Potato Soup Base
Sweet Potato Soup with
Chorizo, Chickpeas, and Kale Tacos de Huevos
Swiss chard
Roasted Chile Relleno with
Avocado-Chipotle Sauce Swiss Chard, Bacon, and Goat Cheese Omelet Syrup, Mulled
Wine
T
Tacos
Austin-Style Breakfast Tacos
Catfish Tacos with Chipotle Slaw Chickpea, Spinach, Feta, and Pepita Tacos Cochinita
Pibil Tacos with Habanero Salsa Duck Breast Tacos with Plum Salsa Korean Short
Rib Tacos
Pastoral Tacos
Shrimp Tacos with
Grapefruit-Black Bean Salsa Smoked Turkey Tacos with Mole Verde Tacos de Huevos
Tacos with Mushrooms and Chile-Caramelized Onions
Tapioca Pudding, Cappuccino, with Cardamom Brûlée
Tarts
Blueberry-Lemon Tart with
Toasted Coconut
Cherry-Almond Tart Texas Bowl o’ Red
Thai Fried Rice with Runny
Egg Three-Pepper Pizza with Goat Cheese Thyme
Tofu
Charred Asparagus, Tofu, and
Farro Salad Parsley Garlic Dressing
Tomatillos
Black Bean Soup with Seared
Scallops and Green Salsa Mole Verde Sauce
Salsa Verde
Tomatoes
Baked Egg in Fall Vegetables
Benedict Rancheros
Black Bean Tortilla Soup with
Shrimp and Corn Blackened Salsa
Chickpea, Spinach, Feta, and
Pepita Tacos Corn Risotto with Roasted Cherry Tomatoes Ex-Texas Salad
Fall Vegetable Soup with
White Beans Farro Salad with Chickpeas, Cherries, and Pecans Faux-Lognese with
Pappardelle
Fedelini with Tuna Ragu
Peasant’s Bowl
Roasted Chile Relleno with
Avocado-Chipotle Sauce Smoky Pizza Margherita
Stewed Cauliflower, Butternut
Squash, and Tomatoes
storing
Thai Fried Rice with Runny
Egg
Turbot with Tomatoes,
Walnuts, and Capers over
Couscous
12-Hour Tomatoes using
leftover
Tortilla (egg), Shrimp and
Potato Chip
Tortillas (corn)
Black Bean Tortilla Soup with
Shrimp and Corn Catfish Tacos with Chipotle Slaw
Chickpea, Spinach, Feta, and
Pepita Tacos Chili Cheese Enchiladas
Cochinita Pibil Tacos with
Habanero Salsa Duck Breast Tacos with Plum Salsa Ex-Texas Salad
Homemade Corn Tortillas
Korean Short Rib Tacos Pastoral Tacos
Shrimp Tacos with
Grapefruit-Black Bean Salsa Smoked Turkey Tacos with Mole Verde Tacos de Huevos
Tacos with Mushrooms and
Chile-Caramelized Onions working with
Tortillas (flour)
Austin-Style Breakfast Tacos,
Trout
Smoked Trout, Green Apple,
and Gouda Sandwich
Smoked Trout, Potato, and
Fennel Pizza
Tuna
Fedelini with Tuna Ragu
Tuna, Chickpea, and Arugula
Sandwich Tuna, Egg, and Potato Salad Sandwich
Turbot with Tomatoes,
Walnuts, and Capers over Couscous Turkey Tacos, Smoked, with Mole Verde
12-Hour Tomatoes
Two, cooking for
V
Vinaigrettes. See Salad
dressings
W
Walnuts
Fig, Taleggio, and Radicchio
Pizza
Turbot with Tomatoes,
Walnuts, and Capers over
Couscous
Warm Spinach Salad with
Shiitakes, Corn, and Bacon
Wine
Cornish Hen with
Cherry-Hazelnut Wine Sauce Mulled Wine Syrup
storing
using leftover
Wine-Braised Chicken Thighs
with Olives, Prunes, and
Almonds
Woks
Y
Yogurt
Yogurt Parfait with Mulled
Red Wine Syrup, Oranges, and
Almonds
Yogurt Parfait with
Rhubarb-Ginger Sauce and
Strawberries
Yucatan-Style Slow-Roasted
Pork
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O PQR
S
TUV WXYZ
Wat’s next on
your reading list?
Discover your next
great
read!
Get personalized book picks
and up-to-date news about this
author.
Sign up now.
You Can Download The PDF File for the Book From Here
































